Los Angeles Municipal Code Part 4C Development

STANDARDS RULES

Div. 4C.1. Pedestrian Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Sec. 4C.1.1. Pedestrian Access Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Sec. 4C.1.2. Pedestrian Bridges & Tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Div. 4C.2. Automobile Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Sec. 4C.2.1. Automobile Access Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Sec. 4C.2.2. Motor Vehicle Use Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39

Div. 4C.3. Bicycle Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Sec. 4C.3.1. Bicycle Parking Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Sec. 4C.3.2. Short-Term Bicycle Parking Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Sec. 4C.3.3. Long-Term Bicycle Parking Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55

Div. 4C.4. Automobile Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Sec. 4C.4.1. Automobile Parking Stalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59
Sec. 4C.4.2. Alternative Parking Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Sec. 4C.4.3. Parking Area Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72
Sec. 4C.4.4. Parking Lot Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Sec. 4C.4.5. Parking Structure Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83

Div. 4C.5. Transportation Demand Management . . . . . . . . . . .4-93
Sec. 4C.5.1. Small Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Sec. 4C.5.2. Medium Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95
Sec. 4C.5.3. Large Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Sec. 4C.5.4. Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99

Div. 4C.6. Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Sec. 4C.6.1. Protected Vegetation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Sec. 4C.6.2. Required Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
Sec. 4C.6.3. Streetscape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-103
Sec. 4C.6.4. Plant Design & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104

Div. 4C.7. Fences & Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-113
Sec. 4C.7.1. Frontage Yard Fences & Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Sec. 4C.7.2. Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Sec. 4C.7.3. Fence/Wall Design & Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-117

Article 4. Development Standards | 4-15 Article Publication Update | July 23, 2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Contents Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.8. Screening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-118
Sec. 4C.8.1. Frontage Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-118
Sec. 4C.8.2. Transition Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Sec. 4C.8.3. Outdoor Storage Screening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-129

Div. 4C.9. Grading & Retaining Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
Sec. 4C.9.1. Grading & Hauling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
Sec. 4C.9.2. Retaining Walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133

Div. 4C.10. Outdoor Lighting & Glare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135 Sec. 4C.10.1. Outdoor Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-135 Sec. 4C.10.2. Glare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137

Div. 4C.11. Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-138
Sec. 4C.11.1. General Sign Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Sec. 4C.11.2. Temporary Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-145
Sec. 4C.11.3. Off-Site Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Sec. 4C.11.4. On-Site Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Sec. 4C.11.5. Sign Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Sec. 4C.11.6. Sign Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157

Div. 4C.12. Site Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
Sec. 4C.12.1. Roof-Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
Sec. 4C.12.2. Ground-Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
Sec. 4C.12.3. Wall-Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
Sec. 4C.12.4. Wireless Telecommunication Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-186
Sec. 4C.12.5. Existing Wireless Telecommunications Facilities
Spectrum Act Compliance Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-190
Sec. 4C.12.6. Waste Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-191
Sec. 4C.12.7. Recycling Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
Sec. 4C.12.8. Shopping Cart Containment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-198

Div. 4C.13. Environmental Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-201
Sec. 4C.13.1. Environmental Protection Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-201

Div. 4C.14. Development Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-202
Sec. 4C.14.1. Development Review Threshold Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-202

Article 4. Development Standards | 4-16 Article Publication Update | July 23, 2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Contents Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.15. Resident Protections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-205
Sec. 4C.15.1. Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units . .4-205
Sec. 4C.15.2. Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition
of Dwelling Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-222
Sec. 4C.15.3. Restricted Affordable Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-226
Sec. 4C.15.4. Maintenance of Adequate Housing Element Sites
Throughout The Housing Element Period . . . . . . . . . . . 4-230

Article 4. Development Standards | 4-17 Article Publication Update | July 23, 2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.1. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Pedestrian Access Packages) is to promote walkability,
improve pedestrian access from the public realm to the interior of buildings, ensure that required
entrances are conveniently and effectively accessible to pedestrians, and activate the public realm
with building access points and improve convenient pedestrian circulation through large sites to
an extent and frequency appropriate to the context.

B. Applicability

1. Pedestrian access package standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site
modification, or an exterior modification, and are applied to a project as determined by the
pedestrian access package assigned by the Development Standards District (Part 4B) as
provided below:

a. 'Site access' standards only apply to street-facing entrances required by the applicable
Frontage District (Part 3B.) and all frontage yards.

b. 'Through Access' standards only apply when the lot area is greater than 30,000 feet, or
the lot width is equal to or greater than the pedestrian passageway spacing minimum of
the pedestrian access package assigned by the applicable Development Standards District
(Part 4B.), or the lot is a through lot or abuts either a public right-of-way, public access
easement, or a lot zoned with an Open Space Use District (Div. 5B.1.) on at least two
opposing lot lines, or any of the above lot characteristics combined.

C. Standards

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-18 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

1. Pedestrian Access Packages

   A pedestrian access package is a combination of standards regulating pedestrian access from the public sidewalk into and through a site.

a.  Pedestrian Access Package 1 b.  Pedestrian Access Package 2 The intent of Pedestrian Access Package 1 is to ensure The intent of Pedestrian Access Package 2 is to ensure buildings are highly integrated with the surrounding buildings are conveniently accessible from the public public realm and promote walking as a safe and realm and promote walking as a safe and convenient convenient mobility option through frequent physical mobility option through regular physical connections connections between the public realm and the interior between the public realm and the interior of a building of a building and improved porosity through large sites. and improved porosity through very large sites.

Street Primary Primary Street Side Street Street Side

SITE ACCESS Sec. 4C.1.1.C.2. SITE ACCESS Sec. 4C.1.1.C.2. A Pedestrian accessway type Direct A Pedestrian accessway type Linked Pedestrian accessway spacing Pedestrian accessway spacing n/a B 100' (max) (max) Distance from street intersection Distance from street intersection n/a (max) (max) THROUGH ACCESS Sec. 4C.1.1.C.3. C Primary street 50' Pedestrian passageway Required D Side street 100' Pedestrian passageway spacing THROUGH ACCESS Sec. 4C.1.1.C.3. 350' (max) Pedestrian passageway Required Pedestrian passageway spacing 600' (max)

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-19 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c.  Pedestrian Access Package 3 d.  Pedestrian Access Package 4 The intent of Pedestrian Access Package 3 is to ensure The intent of Pedestrian Access Package 4 is to ensure buildings are accessible from the public realm and buildings are accessible from the public realm by promote walking as a safe mobility option through requiring a physical connection between the public intermittent physical connections between the public realm and the interior of a building. realm and the interior of a building.

Primary Street Primary Street Street Side Street Side

SITE ACCESS Sec. 4C.1.1.C.2. SITE ACCESS Sec. 4C.1.1.C.2. A Pedestrian accessway type Linked A Pedestrian accessway type Linked Pedestrian accessway spacing B Pedestrian accessway spacing (min) 1 per lotB 300' (max) Distance from street intersection n/a Distance from street intersection (max) (max) THROUGH ACCESS Sec. 4C.1.1.C.3. C Primary street 100' Pedestrian passageway Not required D Side street 300' Pedestrian passageway spacing n/a THROUGH ACCESS Sec. 4C.1.1.C.3. (max) Pedestrian passageway Not required Pedestrian passageway spacing n/a (max)

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-20 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

2. Site Access

   a. Pedestrian Accessway Type

   i. Linked

   Where the applicable pedestrian access package specifies "linked" as the pedestrian accessway type, all required pedestrian accessways shall meet the following standards: a) Be a minimum width of four feet.

b) Connect from the sidewalk, or other publicly accessible pedestrian facility located along the applicable frontage lot line, to a street-facing entrance required by the applicable Frontage District (Part 3B.) within the frontage yard.

c) Be physically separated from and uninterrupted by motor vehicle use areas except
where required to cross a drive aisle. Drive aisle crossings shall be no wider
than the minimum drive aisle width specified in Sec. 4C.4.3.C.13. (Parking Bay
Dimensions). Physical separation methods may include, curbs of no less than four
inches in height or bollards, walls, raised planters or similar containment methods,
no less than 30 inches in height and separated by no more than five feet.
Street-Facing Entrance

Pedestrian Accessway

Sidewalk

Primary
Street

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-21 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

d) Where a retaining wall, open drainage, or similar obstacle interrupts a required pedestrian accessway, the pedestrian accessway is designed to facilitate passage through or over the obstacle.

Street-Facing Entrance

Public Sidewalk

ii. Direct

Where the applicable pedestrian package specifies "direct" as the pedestrian accessway type, all required pedestrian accessways shall meet the following standards:

a) Comply with Sub-subparagraph i. (Linked) above.

b) A minimum of one pedestrian accessway is provided to each street-facing entrance required by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

c) All portions of the pedestrian accessway including the connection to the public
sidewalk is within 25 feet of the center of the street-facing entrance, measured
parallel to the frontage lot line.

Street-Facing Entrance

25’
(max)

EntranceLine 25’(max) Center

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-22 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. Pedestrian Accessway Spacing

A required pedestrian accessway shall not be separated from another pedestrian
accessway or the end of a frontage lot line by a distance greater than the maximum
allowed pedestrian accessway spacing standard in the applicable pedestrian access
package.

c. Distance from Street Intersection

A pedestrian accessway shall not be separated from a street intersection by a distance
greater than the maximum allowed distance from intersection standard in the applicable
pedestrian access package.

3. Through Access

a. Pedestrian Passageway

When the applicable pedestrian access package indicates a pedestrian passageway is
required, a pedestrian passageway meeting the following requirements shall be provided:

i. Uncovered portions having a minimum width of 15 feet and covered portions having a
minimum width of 25 feet.

ii. A minimum clear height for covered portions be 15 feet, with the exception of required
luminaires.

15’
(min)

UNCOVERED COVERED
15’ (min) 25’ (min)

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-23 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

iii. For pedestrian passageways having a clear height of less than 30 feet for any portion of
its required minimum width, a maximum of 125 linear feet of the total passageway may
be covered for any portion of the required minimum width, measured cumulatively.

Primary Street

Street
Side

Covered Length
Uncovered Length

Primary Street

iv. For pedestrian passageways having a clear height of 30 to 45 feet for all portions of its
required width, a maximum of 350 linear feet of the total passageway may be covered
for any portion of the required minimum width, measured cumulatively.

v. For pedestrian passageways having a clear height greater than 45 feet for all portions
of its required minimum width, up to 100 percent of the pedestrian passageway may
be covered.

vi. Shall connect from the public sidewalk on the primary street through the lot to either
the public sidewalk, alley, other public way or easement abutting the opposing lot line,
or a lot zoned with an Open Space Use District (Div. 5B.1.)

vii. The centerline of any portion of the pedestrian passageway shall be located within
75 feet of centerline of the sidewalk access point on the primary street, measured
perpendicular to the primary street lot line.

viii. Shall take access from the sidewalk along the primary street lot line at least 125 feet
from a street intersection.
75’
125’ (min) (max) Primary Street

Street Side

Pedestrian Passageway
Centerline

125’ (min) Primary Street

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-24 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

ix. Shall be physically separated from and uninterrupted by motor vehicle use areas

except where required to cross a drive aisle. Drive aisle crossings shall be no wider than the minimum drive aisle width specified in Sec. 4C.4.3.C.13. (Parking Bay Dimensions). Physical separation methods may include curbs of no less than four inches in height, bollards, walls, raised planters, or similar containment methods, no less than 30 inches in height and separated by no more than five feet.

x. The surface of the passageway shall be illuminated in accordance with Sec. 4C.10.1.C.3. (Pedestrian-Oriented Lighting).

xi. No gates or other barriers may block any portion of a pedestrian passageway from pedestrian access from sunset to sunrise or during operational hours, whichever is longer, and a sign shall be posted at every public entrance to the pedestrian

passageway in accordance with the standards in Sec. 2C.3.4.C.10.b. (Publicly Accessible).

xii. Each facade facing the pedestrian passageway shall meet the side street transparency

and entrance standards of the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.). For the purposes of determining which facades shall be considered as facing the pedestrian passageway, the pedestrian passageway shall be considered a pedestrian amenity space and measured in accordance with Sec. 14.2.6.C. (Pedestrian Amenity Space & Public Amenity Space-Facing Facades).

xiii. A pedestrian passageway may count toward the amenity requirements, pursuant

to Div. 2C.3. (Amenity), of the applied Form District (Part 2B.) where the pedestrian

passageway meets the specifications of an eligible amenity space type specified within Div. 2C.3. (Amenity).

4. Pedestrian Passageway Spacing

   a. A required pedestrian passageway shall not be separated from another pedestrian

   passageway or the end of a primary street lot line by a distance greater than the maximum allowed pedestrian passageway spacing specified by the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

   b. The maximum pedestrian passageway spacing requirement shall be met for each lot individually and is not applicable to adjacent or abutting lots.

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-25 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. General

For measurement of the frontage lot line, see Sec. 14.2.12. (Lot Line Determination).

2. Pedestrian Accessways

a. Pedestrian accessway spacing is measured as the distance between two pedestrian
accessways, following the geometry of the frontage lot line. Measurement shall be taken
from the edge of one accessway where the accessway meets the public sidewalk, to the
nearest edge of the nearest accessway located on the same frontage lot line.

Spacing
(max)

Primary StreetSpacing
(max) Street Side
Spacing
(max)

b. Pedestrian accessway distance from a street intersection is measured from the intersection
of two street lot lines to the nearest edge of a pedestrian accessway measured along the
applicable frontage lot line.

Primary
Street
Street
Side
StreetDistance
from Intersection

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-26 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c. Pedestrian accessway width is measured from one edge of the accessway perpendicularly
to the opposite edge.

Street-Facing Entrance

Pedestrian Accessway Width

3. Pedestrian Passageways

a. The cumulative linear feet of covered pedestrian passageway is measured along the
centerline of the minimum pedestrian passageway width. Where any portion of the
minimum width of the pedestrian passageway is not open to the sky, the length of the
centerline having covered area perpendicular to it counts as covered length. The total
covered length is calculated as the sum of all portions of the centerline considered
covered.

Primary Street

CALCULATION 65’ A Portion Length

A 65’
B 65’ Street +
Side Total = 130’

65’ B Covered Length
Uncovered Length

Primary Street

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-27 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. Pedestrian passageway distance from street intersection is measured from the point where
two street lot lines intersect adjacent to a street corner to the nearest edge of a required
pedestrian passageway, measured along the primary street lot line.

Distance from Primary Street
Street Intersection

Primary Street Lot Line

Street lineLot Passageway Side Street Side Pedestrian

c. Pedestrian passageway spacing is measured as the horizontal distance between
designated pedestrian passageways, measured along the applicable frontage lot line
pursuant to Sec. 4C.1.1.C.3.a.vi. (Pedestrian Passageway) above from the edge of one
pedestrian passageway to the nearest edge of the next pedestrian passageway, the end of
a primary street lot line, or street intersection, whichever is closest.

Primary Street Primary Street
Spacing (max) Spacing (max) Spacing (max)

Street
Side

Spacing (max) Spacing (max) Spacing (max)

E. Exceptions

Site access standards do not apply to non-required entrances.

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-28 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

F. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance from any pedestrian access standard may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any pedestrian access dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment). 3. A deviation from any pedestrian access standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.1.1. (Pedestrian Access Packages) | 4-29 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Pedestrian Bridges & Tunnels) is to limit the creation of new pedestrian bridges and tunnels that create an inhospitable environment for pedestrians at the street level, and to ensure that, in the event pedestrian bridges and tunnels are deemed necessary to the feasibility of a project, that they positively contribute to the public realm and general pedestrian safety.

B. Applicability

Pedestrian bridges and tunnels standards are applicable to the new construction of pedestrian bridges and pedestrian tunnels.

C. Standards

1. General

The construction and operation of a pedestrian bridge or tunnel shall be authorized in accordance with Sec. 13B.2.5. (Director Determination). In addition to the findings otherwise required by Sec. 13B.2.5. (Director Determination), before granting approval, the Director shall find that the proposed pedestrian bridge or tunnel meets the requirements in Paragraph 2. (Performance Criteria) and Paragraph 3. (Justification Criteria) below. Conditions of approval may be applied by the Director pursuant to Paragraph 4. (Additional Conditions of Approval) below.

2. Performance Criteria

A pedestrian bridge or tunnel shall meet all of the following performance criteria:

a. The design of the pedestrian bridge or tunnel is visually compatible with the buildings involved and the surrounding environment.

b. The pedestrian bridge or tunnel does not have a detrimental effect on surrounding properties, public right-of-way, or the movement of wildlife.

c. The pedestrian bridge or tunnel includes features that enhance the streetscape and pedestrian safety.

d. The pedestrian bridge shall not include exterior signage.

e. Existing sidewalk widths shall not be reduced.

f. The pedestrian bridge or tunnel shall not detract from the intended use and activation of

the public sidewalk.

g. The pedestrian bridge or tunnel is not located above any lot zoned with an Open Space Use District (Div. 5B.1.).

Sec. 4C.1.2. (Pedestrian Bridges & Tunnels) | 4-30 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.1. (Pedestrian Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Justification Criteria

The proposed pedestrian bridge or tunnel is justified by one or more of the following criteria:

a. The pedestrian bridge or tunnel is essential to the viability to, and only allowed for, one of the following uses:

i. Civic facility

ii. School

iii. Hospital

iv. Convention Center

b. The pedestrian bridge or tunnel is essential to the health and safety of occupants of the
buildings it serves or the general public.

c. The pedestrian bridge or tunnel is essential to overcome physical constraints, such as
grade changes or public infrastructure.

4. Additional Conditions of Approval

Conditions of approval may be imposed by the Director to ensure the proposed pedestrian
bridge or tunnel does not detract from the pedestrian experience or have detrimental effects
on surrounding properties or the public right-of-way, or to meet any other performance
criteria.

Sec. 4C.1.2. (Pedestrian Bridges & Tunnels) | 4-31 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.2. AUTOMOBILE ACCESS

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Automobile Access Packages) is to ensure automobile access to sites is designed to support the safety of all users by minimizing conflicts with pedestrians, cyclists, transit vehicles, micro-mobility devices, and automobile traffic on the abutting public right-of-way, and to avoid detrimental effects on the surrounding public realm, while providing sufficient access to automobile parking and motor vehicle use areas.

B. Applicability

1. Automobile access package standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, or a lot modification, wherever a project provides a driveway from a public right- of-way to a lot, and are applied to a project as determined by the automobile access package assigned by the Development Standards District (Part 4B.) and subject to the following:

   a. Where automobile access package standards are specified for 'Boulevard or Avenue', the standards apply to driveways that take access from a street designated as a boulevard or avenue, as designated by the applicable community plan circulation map.

b. Where the automobile access package standards are specified for 'Collector or Local', the standards apply to driveways that take access from a street designated as a collector street or local street, as designated by the applicable community plan circulation map.

C. Standards

Sec. 4C.2.1. (Automobile Access Packages) | 4-32 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

1. Automobile Access Packages

   Automobile access packages are a combination of standards regulating automobile access between the public roadway and a lot.

a.  Automobile Access Package 1 b.  Automobile Access Package 2 Automobile Access Package 1 is intended for areas Automobile Access Package 2 is intended for areas where walking, bicycling and transit are the prioritized where walking, bicycling and transit are balanced with modes of transportation. automobiles as the prioritized modes of transportation.

Access Lanes Access Lanes

ACCESS LOCATION Sec. 4C.2.1.C.3. ACCESS LOCATION Sec. 4C.2.1.C.3. Boulevard or Avenue Limited Boulevard or Avenue Limited Collector or Local Limited Collector or Local Limited NUMBER OF ACCESS LANES Sec. 4C.2.1.C.4. NUMBER OF ACCESS LANES Sec. 4C.2.1.C.4. Boulevard or Avenue Boulevard or Avenue 0'-400' lot width 2 0'-200' lot width 2

400' lot width 4 > 200' lot width 4 Collector or Local Collector or Local 0'-120' lot width 1 0'-80' lot width 1 120'-400' lot width 2 80'-200' lot width 2 400' lot width 4 > 200' lot width 4 Alley Unlimited Alley Unlimited ACCESS LANE WIDTH Sec. 4C.2.1.C.5. ACCESS LANE WIDTH Sec. 4C.2.1.C.5. Boulevard or Avenue Boulevard or Avenue 9'/12' 9'/12' (min/max) (min/max) Collector or Local (min/max) 8'/12' Collector or Local (min/max) 8'/12' DRIVE AISLE SEPARATION Sec. 4C.2.1.C.6. DRIVE AISLE SEPARATION Sec. 4C.2.1.C.6. Boulevard or Avenue Boulevard or Avenue From intersection (min) 150' From intersection (min) 150' From other drive aisles From other drive aisles 60' 40' (min) (min) Collector or Local Collector or Local From intersection (min) 75' From intersection (min) 75' From other drive aisles From other drive aisles 60' 40' (min) (min) DRIVE-THROUGHS Sec. 4C.2.1.C.7. DRIVE-THROUGHS Sec. 4C.2.1.C.7. Drive-through facilities Not Allowed Drive-through facilities Not Allowed

See Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area) for additional See Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area) for additional standards that apply. standards that apply.

Sec. 4C.2.1. (Automobile Access Packages) | 4-33 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c.  Automobile Access Package 3 Automobile Access Package 3 is intended for areas where automobiles are the prioritized mode of transportation.

Access Lanes

ACCESS LOCATION Sec. 4C.2.1.C.3. Boulevard or Avenue Limited Collector or Local Limited NUMBER OF ACCESS LANES Sec. 4C.2.1.C.4. Boulevard or Avenue 0'-200' lot width 2

200' lot width 4 Collector or Local 0'-200' lot width 2 200' lot width 4 Alley Unlimited ACCESS LANE WIDTH Sec. 4C.2.1.C.5. Boulevard or Avenue 9'/16' (min/max) Collector or Local (min/max) 8'/16' DRIVE AISLE SEPARATION Sec. 4C.2.1.C.6. Boulevard or Avenue From intersection (min) 150' From other drive aisles 20' (min) Collector or Local From intersection (min) 75' From other drive aisles 20' (min) DRIVE-THROUGHS Sec. 4C.2.1.C.7. Drive-through facilities Allowed

See Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area) for additional standards that apply.

Sec. 4C.2.1. (Automobile Access Packages) | 4-34 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

2. General

   a. Design

   All vehicle drive aisles shall conform to Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area).

   b. Queuing Depth

Access lanes designated for ingress traffic shall have a depth no less than the minimum specified in the table below, based on the total number of parking stalls included within the parking facilities that the access lane serves.

QUEUING DEPTH
Queuing Depth
Total Parking
Stalls Boulevard or Collector or
Avenue Local
1-10 20' min 0' min
11-100 20' min 20' min
101-300 40' min 40' min
> 300 60' min 60' min

i. Vehicle entry restriction devices, such as mechanical gates or ticket dispensers, are
prohibited within the driveway and drive aisle for the minimum queuing depth.

ii. Automobile parking stalls shall not be accessed from the drive aisle for the minimum
queuing depth.

iii. Drive aisles providing internal circulation within a parking facility shall not intersect
a drive aisle that is providing access to a lot from the street for its minimum queuing
depth.

3. Access Location

a. Limited

Where an automobile access package specifies "Limited" for any street designation, the
following standards apply:

i. Access lanes shall not take access through primary street lot lines unless the lot does
not include a side street lot line or alley lot line through which access can be taken.

ii. Access lanes shall not take access through side street lot lines unless the lot does not
include an alley lot line through which access can be taken.

iii. For an alley lot line to be considered eligible for automobile access, the abutting alley
shall have a minimum width of 12 feet.

Sec. 4C.2.1. (Automobile Access Packages) | 4-35 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. Permitted

Where an automobile access package specifies "Permitted" for a street designation, access lanes are permitted along the specified street lot line.

4. Number of Access Lanes

The total number of access lanes taking access to a lot shall be no greater than the number specified by the applicable automobile access package based on the lot width. Lot width shall be measured along the street lot line from which access is limited pursuant to Paragraph 3. (Access Location) above.

5. Access Lane Width

Access lanes shall be no wider than the maximum and no narrower than the minimum width
specified by the applicable automobile access package. When more than one access lane is
permitted on a lot, two access lanes may be conjoined to create a dual-lane drive aisle, the
maximum width of which is the sum of two allowable single access lane widths. A drive aisle
may be no wider than the sum of all included access lane widths, excluding gutters of no more
than 18 inches wide, curbs, and pedestrian accessways.

6. Drive Aisle Separation

a. From Intersection

i. Drive aisles shall be separated from all street intersections by a distance no less
than the minimum distance specified by the applicable automobile access package,
measured parallel to the applicable street lot line.

ii. Where the intersecting street only interrupts the opposite edge of the subject street
right-of-way (ex: three-way intersection), the following standards apply:

a) Where at least one of the intersecting street rights-of-way is not designated as
a local street, the drive aisle shall be located no less than half of the minimum
distance specified by the applicable automobile access package.

b) Where both intersecting streets are designated as local streets, no drive aisle
separation from the intersection is required.

iii. Drive aisles may only be placed within the minimum street separation from
intersection when the lot width is less than 170 feet on a boulevard or avenue and 85
feet on a Collector or Local, and drive aisles are placed along the side lot line located
furthest from the street intersection. When there are multiple intersections from which
separation is required, drive aisles shall be placed at the midpoint between the street
intersections.

Sec. 4C.2.1. (Automobile Access Packages) | 4-36 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. From Other Drive Aisles

Drive aisles shall be separated from all other drive aisles located on the same street lot line by a distance no less than the minimum distance specified by the applicable automobile access package, measured parallel to the applicable street lot line.

7. Drive-Throughs

a. Where the applicable automobile access package specifies that drive-through facilities are
"Not Allowed", no drive-through facility may be provided on the lot.

b. Where the assigned automobile access package specifies that drive-through facilities
are "Allowed", a drive-through facility may be provided on-site provided they meet the
standards for drive-through lanes provided in Sec. 4C.2.2.C.3. (Motor Vehicle Use Area).

8. Measurement

a. For determining primary street lot line and side street lot line measurements see Sec.
14.2.12. (Lot Line Determination).

b. Street designation is determined by the applicable community plan circulation map.

c. Number of access lanes is calculated as the total number of access lanes providing access
to a lot along an individual street lot line.

d. Drive aisle separation from intersections is measured parallel to the street lot line that the
drive aisle takes access through, from the extension of the curb along the intersecting
street to the edge of the nearest access lane.

e. Drive aisle separation from other drive aisles located on the same street lot line is
measured following the geometry of the street lot line that the drive aisle takes access
through, from edge of drive aisle to edge of drive aisle. Drive aisle separation from other
drive aisles only includes drive aisles providing access to the subject lot and does not
include drive aisles providing access to surrounding lots.

Street

Separation from Intersection Driveway Spacing Driveway
Street Spacing

Sec. 4C.2.1. (Automobile Access Packages) | 4-37 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

9. Access lane width is measured as the narrowest horizontal dimension from edge of access lane to edge of access lane for the full length of the access lane.

10. Queuing depth is measured from the applicable street lot line, into the lot and perpendicular to the drive aisle width, to the abutting drive aisle or vehicle entry restriction device. Drive Aisle Vehicle Entry Restriction Device Queing Depth AccessLane AccessLane Drive Aisle Street Lot Line Driveway

    D. Relief

    1. Alternative Compliance from any automobile access standard may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

    2. A deviation from any drive aisle separation, width or depth dimensional standard, or drive aisle separation of 20 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

    3. One additional access lane in excess of the maximum number of access lanes permitted may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

    4. A deviation from any automobile access standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.2.1. (Automobile Access Packages) | 4-38 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A motor vehicle use area is defined as portions of a lot designed and intended for use by motor vehicles, including areas to be used by motor vehicles for circulation, maneuvering, loading, staging, queuing, service areas and areas to be used for the sale or storage of motor vehicles

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Motor Vehicle Use Area) is to ensure motor vehicle use areas are designed in a manner that does not detract from the safety, comfort, or enjoyment of users of neighboring lots or the public realm.

B. Applicability

Motor vehicle use area design standards apply to new construction or a site modification. When

motor vehicle use area design standards apply, the standards apply to the lot, including areas to be used by motor vehicles for circulation, maneuvering, loading, staging, queuing, service areas and areas to be used for the sale or storage of motor vehicles.

C. Standards

1. General

   a. Location

   i. Motor vehicle use areas shall not be located in a frontage yard.

   ii. Motor vehicle use areas shall not be located in the area between a frontage lot line and

   the minimum parking setback specified by the applicable Frontage District (Part 3B.).

   b. Screening

   i. Where a motor vehicle use area faces a frontage lot line, common lot line or an alley

   lot line the entire length of the motor vehicle use area shall be screened as follows:

   a) An F-Screen 2 (Sec. 4C.8.1.C.2.b.) or an F-Screen 3 (Sec. 4C.8.1.C.2.c.) is required

   between the motor vehicle use area and frontage lot lines for any portion of the length of the motor vehicle use area that faces a frontage lot line.

   b) A T-Screen 1 (Sec. 4C.8.2.C.3.a.) is required between the motor vehicle use area and common lot lines for any portion of the length of the motor vehicle use area that faces a common lot line.

   c) A T-Screen 1 (Sec. 4C.8.2.C.3.a.) is required between the motor vehicle use area and alley lot lines for any portion of the length of the motor vehicle use area that faces an alley lot line.

   ii. Screens located in a frontage yard shall comply with frontage yard fence & wall

   standards in the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area) | 4-39 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c. Containment Perimeter

Motor vehicle use areas shall include a containment perimeter that obstructs motor
vehicles from leaving the designated motor vehicle use area. The containment perimeter
shall be provided using one or more of the following containment methods around the
entire perimeter except for crossings and access points required for driveways, drive aisles,
pedestrian accessways, pedestrian passageways:

i. Continuous curbs of no less than four inches in height.

ii. Permanent bollards, walls, raised planters, or a similar containment method having a
height no less than 30 inches and having a clear width of no more than 66 inches.

iii. A planting area meeting Sec. 4C.6.4.C.2. (Planting Areas) with no horizontal dimension
less than five feet.

d. Surfacing

i. All automobile parking areas shall be graded and drained to collect, retain and infiltrate
surface water on-site by applying Low Impact Development practices and standards
in accordance with Chapter VI. (Public Works and Property), Sec. 64.72. (Stormwater
Pollution Control Measures for Development Planning and Construction Activities) of
this Code.

ii. Motor vehicle use areas shall be surfaced with hard, durable asphaltic paving which has
been mixed at a plant and is at least two inches thick after compaction, with portland
cement paving at least three inches thick or with an alternative paving material
described in sub-subparagraph iii. below.

iii. Alternative paving materials include the following: porous asphalt, porous concrete,
permeable interlocking concrete pavers, permeable pavers, decomposed granite,
crushed rock, gravel, and restrained systems (a plastic or concrete grid system
confined on all sides to restrict lateral movement, and filled with gravel or grass in the
voids).

iv. Alternative paving materials are permitted for use in every motor vehicle use area,
subject to the following standards:

a) Any product installed within areas designated by the Fire Department as a fire lane
must be approved by the Fire Department.

b) Permeable interlocking concrete pavers and permeable pavers shall have a
minimum thickness of 80 millimeters (3.14 inches).

c) If plants are an element of the alternative paving material, the irrigation system shall not utilize potable water except for plant establishment.

Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area) | 4-40 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

d) Products and underlying drainage material shall be installed per manufacturers'
specifications. Sub-grade soils shall be compacted as required per the product
installation specifications.

e) Decomposed granite, crushed rock and gravel shall only be allowed for drive aisles
and parking areas serving a maximum of two dwelling units.

2. Freight Loading Areas

Freight loading areas are areas designated for the on-site loading and unloading of freight
vehicles.

a. General

All freight loading areas on-site shall meet the following standards:

i. Shall meet Sec. 4C.2.2.C.1. (Motor Vehicle Use Area).

ii. Shall meet the following dimensional standards:

FREIGHT LOADING AREA DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS
Area (min) 400 SF
Width (min) 10'
Depth (min) 20'
Clear height (min) 14'

iii. Be located and designed so that vehicles do not occupy any portion of the public
right-of-way when stationary during loading and unloading.

iv. Loading and unloading activities will not occur in public streets, with the exception of
loading areas designated by the City.

v. Loading and unloading activities will not encroach on or interfere with the use of
sidewalks, driveways, drive aisles, automobile queuing spaces, or parking areas.

vi. Include one permanent “NO IDLING” sign for every 400 square feet of freight loading
area. Signs shall be at least 18 inches by 24 inches in dimension and installed to be
facing and located within 10 feet of each freight loading area provided. When multiple
signs are required to be facing the same freight loading area, signs shall be spaced a
minimum of 10 feet apart.

b. Required Freight Loading Areas

Lots that include a tenant space of 10,000 square feet or greater designated for public & institutional uses, general commercial uses, heavy commercial uses, light industrial uses, or heavy industrial uses, that abut an alley having a width of 15 feet or greater, and have an alley lot line 50 feet or wider, shall meet the following additional standards.

Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area) | 4-41 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

i. The freight loading area for each tenant space shall meet the following minimum
dimensional standards:

FREIGHT LOADING AREA TOTAL AREA
Non-Residential Tenant Size Area (Min)
< 10,000 SF None required
10,000 - < 50,000 SF 400 SF
50,000 - < 100,000 SF 600 SF
100,000 - < 200,000 SF 800 SF
+200 SF / each additional 200,000 SF > 200,000 SF over 200,000 SF

ii. The total required freight loading area may be provided as a single consolidated
loading area equal in size to the sum of the required minimum dimension for each
tenant space, or as separated loading spaces that each meet the required minimum
dimensions.

iii. Each required freight loading area shall have direct access to an alley for a minimum
width of 12 feet, measured along the alley lot line. Alley access for a freight loading
area may be shared among multiple motor vehicle use areas and parking lots.

3. Drive-Through Facilities

A drive-through facility is a facility that provides goods or services to drivers in vehicles. Drive-
through facilities include drive-through lanes consisting of queuing spaces.

a. Where the applicable automobile access package specifies that drive-through facilities are
"Not Allowed", no drive-through facility may be provided on-site.

b. Where the applicable automobile access package specifies that drive-through facilities
are "Allowed", a drive-through facility may be provided on-site and shall meet all of the
following standards:

i. Comply with Subsection C. (Standards) above.

ii. Provide a number of automobile queuing spaces sufficient to accommodate the number of automobiles anticipated during peak demand, to the satisfaction of LADOT.

iii. Shall not encroach on or interfere with the use of sidewalks, drive aisles providing

access to parking stalls, loading areas, or parking areas.

Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area) | 4-42 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

iv. Each queuing space in a drive-through lane is a minimum of 20 feet in length and
eight feet in width along straight segments of the drive-through lane. Drive-through
lanes are a minimum of 12 feet in width along curved segments.

20’ (min)
12’
(min) (min)
8’

Side
Street

Primary Street

v. Any drive-through lane that take access directly from the public right-of-way shall
be regulated as a drive aisle and subject to the drive aisle standards specified by the
applicable automobile access package for the minimum required depth of the queuing
depth.

vi. Reviewed and approved by LADOT to ensure the site design does not create
detrimental impacts on pedestrians bicyclists, transit vehicles or riders, micro mobility
device users, and automobile traffic and circulation on the abutting right-of-way.

D. Measurement

1. For lot line measurements see Sec. 14.2.12. (Lot Line Determination).

2. For frontage yard measurements see Sec. 14.2.16.C.1. (Frontage yard).

3. For parking setback measurements see Sec. 3C.2.1. (Parking Setback).

4. Freight loading area width is measured as the narrowest horizontal distance between opposite edges of a designated freight loading area. 5. Freight loading area depth is measured as the narrowest horizontal distance measured perpendicular to the freight loading area width from one edge of a designated freight loading area to the opposite edge. A minimum freight loading area depth shall be met for all portions of the freight loading area width. 6. Freight loading area provided is measured as the total area of all areas designated as freight loading area that meet all applicable requirements of Sec. 4C.2.2.C.2. (Freight Loading Areas). 7. Drive-through queuing space depth is measured parallel to the drive-through lane from one end to the opposite end of the queuing space. 8. Drive-through queuing space width is measured perpendicular to the queuing space length from one end to the opposite end of the queuing space.

Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area) | 4-43 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.2. (Automobile Access) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

E. Exceptions

Parking lots and parking structures are excluded from motor vehicle use area design standards. For parking lots and parking structure design standards see Sec. 4C.4.3. (Parking Area Design).

F. Relief

1. A deviation from any motor vehicle use area design dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

2. A deviation from any motor vehicle use area design standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area) | 4-44 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.3. BICYCLE PARKING

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Bicycle Parking Spaces) is to promote bicycling as an
alternative to automobile transportation, and to ensure safe, secure, accessible, and convenient
storage of bicycles for all users.

B. Applicability

This Section (Bicycle Parking Spaces) applies to new construction, a major remodel, a site
modification, or a use modification.

C. Standards

The required number of short-term and long-term bicycle parking spaces are determined by use
according to the following provisions:

1. Residential

For all residential uses containing more than three dwelling units, long-term and short-term
bicycle parking shall be provided according to the ratios specified for each marginal increment
of dwelling units as indicated in the table below.

REQUIRED BICYCLE PARKING
SHORT-TERM LONG-TERM
(Sec. 4C.3.2.) (Sec. 4C.3.3.)
RESIDENTIAL
1st 25 dwelling units 1/10 du, (2 min) 1/du
26th-100th dwelling unit 1/15 du, (2 min) 1/1.5 du
101st-200th dwelling unit 1/20 du, (2 min) 1/2 du
201st + dwelling units 1/40 du, (2 min) 1/4 du

a. Developments that include individually accessed private garages for each dwelling unit
shall not be required to provide long-term bicycle parking.

b. Notwithstanding the above, for all supportive housing uses, short-term bicycle parking
shall be provided at a rate of one space per 10,000 square feet of floor area and long-term
bicycle parking shall be provided at a rate of 1 space per 5,000 square feet of floor area. A
minimum of two short-term and two long-term bicycle parking spaces shall be provided.

Sec. 4C.3.1. (Bicycle Parking Spaces) | 4-45 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

2. Public & Institutional, Open Space & Recreation, Transportation, General Commercial, Heavy Commercial, and Industrial Uses

   Short-term and long-term bicycle parking shall be provided for all public & institutional uses, transportation uses, commercial uses, and industrial uses at the ratio and minimum indicated in the table below.

REQUIRED BICYCLE PARKING SHORT-TERM LONG-TERM (Sec. 4C.3.2.) (Sec. 4C.3.3.) PUBLIC & INSTITUTIONAL USES Public & Institutional Uses, except 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) 1/5,000 SF, (2 min) as listed below: 1/10 provided automobile 1/10 required automobile Civic Facility: All parking stalls, (5 min) parking stalls, (5 min) School: K-12 4/classroom, (2 min) 1/10 classrooms, (2 min) 1/500 SF or 1/50 fixed seats 1/1,000 SF or 1/100 fixed seats School: Post-secondary whichever is greater, (2 min) whichever is greater, (2 min) Utilities: All -- -- OPEN SPACE & RECREATION USES Open Space & Recreation Uses, 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) except as listed below: Nature Reserve -- -- 1/10 provided automobile 1/10 provided automobile Open Space, Public parking stalls, (5 min) parking stalls, (5 min) Open Space, Public (< 2 acres and no automobile parking -- -- provided) 1/10 provided automobile 1/10 provided automobile Indoor Recreation: Public parking stalls, (5 min) parking stalls, (5 min) 1/10 provided automobile 1/10 provided automobile Outdoor Recreation: Public parking stalls, (5 min) parking stalls, (5 min) TRANSPORTATION USES All -- -- GENERAL COMMERCIAL USES All General Commercial Uses, 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) except as listed below: Eating & Drinking: All 1/2,000 SF, (2 min) 1/2,000 SF, (2 min) 1/350 SF or 1/50 fixed seats 1/700 SF or 1/100 fixed seats Entertainment Venue, Indoor: All whichever is greater, (2 min) whichever is greater, (2 min) Lodging (containing more than 5 1/10 lodging units, (2 min) 1/10 lodging units, (2 min) lodging units) Office 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) 1/5,000 SF, (2 min) Retail: All 1/2,000 SF, (2 min) 1/2,000 SF, (2 min)

"--" = no parking required

Sec. 4C.3.1. (Bicycle Parking Spaces) | 4-46 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

REQUIRED BICYCLE PARKING
SHORT-TERM LONG-TERM
(Sec. 4C.3.2.) (Sec. 4C.3.3.)
HEAVY COMMERCIAL USES
All Heavy Commercial Uses, 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) except as listed below:
Storage, Indoor: All -- --
Storage, Outdoor: All -- --
LIGHT INDUSTRIAL USES
All 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) 1/10,000 SF, (2 min)
HEAVY INDUSTRIAL USES
All 1/10,000 SF, (2 min) 1/10,000 SF, (2 min)
AGRICULTURAL USES
All -- --

"--" = no parking required

3. City Operated Uses

In all buildings or parking lots used by the City for government purposes, including
government office buildings, both short-term and long-term bicycle parking shall be provided
at a rate of 10 percent of the required parking. However, no less than five short-term bicycle
spaces and no less than five long-term bicycle parking shall be provided for the lot or building.

D. Measurement

1. Multiple Uses

Where there is a combination of uses on a lot, the number of bicycle parking spaces required
is the sum of the requirements of the various uses. The exceptions provided in Sec. 4C.4.1.E.
(Exceptions) for automobile parking also apply to bicycle parking.

2. Fractions

When the application of these regulations results in the requirement of a fractional bicycle space, any fraction up to and including one-half may be disregarded, and any fraction over one-half is construed as requiring one bicycle parking space. Rounding shall occur after taking the sum of bicycle parking required across all proposed uses, and shall be calculated separately for long-term and short-term spaces.

E. Exceptions

Adaptive reuse projects in accordance with Sec. 9.4.5. (Downtown Adaptive Reuse Program)

and Sec. 9.4.6. (Citywide Adaptive Reuse Program) are not required to provide additional bicycle parking.

Sec. 4C.3.1. (Bicycle Parking Spaces) | 4-47 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

F. Relief

1. A deviation from any required bicycle parking dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

2. A deviation from any required bicycle parking standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.3.1. (Bicycle Parking Spaces) | 4-48 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Short-Term Bicycle Parking Design) is to promote
bicycling as an alternative to automobile transportation, ensure safe, secure, accessible, and
convenient storage of bicycles for visitors and other short-term users, improve bicyclist access
from the public realm to the interior of buildings, and ensure entrances are conveniently and
effectively accessible to bicyclists.

B. Applicability

This Section (Short-Term Bicycle Parking Design) applies to all short-term bicycle parking spaces
required by Sec. 4C.3.1. (Bicycle Parking Spaces).

C. Standards

1. General

a. Adequate lighting shall be provided to ensure safe access to bicycle parking facilities in
accordance with Sec. 4C.10.1. (Outdoor Lighting).

b. Owners and operators shall not unreasonably interfere with the ability of bicyclists to safely
and conveniently access bicycle parking, including the adoption of unreasonable property
management rules. Unreasonable interference includes shorter operating hours for short-
term bicycle parking than for the building or automobile parking, prohibitions on walking
of bicycles in pedestrian areas that provide access to bicycle parking, and prohibitions on
bicycles in elevators where elevators are used to provide access to bicycle parking. The
provisions of this Subparagraph do not prohibit property owners from requiring bicycles to
be walked in pedestrian-only areas.

2. Bicycle Parking Space Design

a. General

Required short-term bicycle parking shall consist of bicycle racks that do all of the
following:

i. Support the bicycle frame at two points, and support only the wheel of the bicycle are
not permissible.

ii. Allow for the bicycle frame and at least one wheel to be locked to the racks.

iii. Allow for the use of a cable as well as a U-shaped lock.

iv. If bicycles can be locked to each side of the rack, each side can be counted toward a
required space.

v. Be securely anchored to a permanent surface.

Sec. 4C.3.2. (Short-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-49 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

vi. If more than 20 short-term bicycle parking spaces are provided, at least 50 percent of the bicycle parking spaces shall be 100 percent covered by a roof or overhang.

vii. Bicycle share station docks counted toward the requirements for short-term bicycle
parking spaces as permitted in Sec. 4C.3.2.C.3. (Siting Requirements) shall conform to
Sec. 4C.3.2.C.6. (Bicycle Share Station).

b. Horizontal Storage

i. Short-term bicycle parking spaces shall be a minimum of two feet wide and six feet
long.

ii. Individual racks installed beside each other that allow bicycles to be locked to either
side of the rack shall be spaced a minimum of 30 inches on center.

iii. Racks installed parallel to walls shall be a minimum of 30 inches from the wall, except
that bicycle parking spaces providing a tray or channel for insertion of bicycle wheels
shall be placed a minimum of 20 inches from the wall.

iv. Bicycle parking spaces arranged in a vertically staggered layout that permits bicycles
to be placed in and removed from each individual space without interference from
bicycles in adjoining spaces shall be spaced a minimum of 16 inches on center.

c. Stacked Storage

i. Alternatively to Subparagraph b. (Horizontal Storage) above, short-term bicycle parking
may be mounted so that bicycles are stored in a stacked, two-tier layout, provided
such parking is an attended bicycle facility where facility staff parks the bicycles, or
such racks provide mechanical assistance for lifting the bicycle. If stacked bicycle
storage is provided as an attended bicycle parking service, the service must meet the
standards outlined in Paragraph 7. (Attended Bicycle Parking Service) below.

ii. Racks installed parallel to walls shall be a minimum of 14 inches from the wall if such
spaces are on the upper level of a stacked, two-tier rack.

3. Siting Requirements

a. Required short-term bicycle parking shall be provided in one of the following location, or a
combination of the following:

i. On the same lot as the use for which it is intended to serve.

ii. In a parking facility serving the use for which the bicycle parking is intended to serve.

iii. Immediately in front of a lot within the public right-of-way in accordance with
Paragraph 4. (Bicycle Parking in the Public Right-of-Way) below.

iv. In a City-funded bicycle corral in accordance with Paragraph 5. (Bicycle Corrals) below.

Sec. 4C.3.2. (Short-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-50 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

v. In a bicycle share station in accordance with Paragraph 6. (Bicycle Share Stations)
below.

b. Bicycle parking shall be located so as to allow bicyclists safe and convenient access to and
from the lot.

c. Bicyclists shall not be required to rely on stairways or escalators for access or to share
access with automobiles or other motor vehicles.

d. Elevators providing access for bicyclists shall be sized to accommodate standard adult
bicycle dimensions with both wheels on the floor (at least six feet by two feet).

e. Short-term bicycle parking shall be located so as to provide safe and convenient access to
visitors.

f. For new construction, at least 50 percent of short-term bicycle parking shall be located
outside buildings or parking structures; however, no more than eight short-term bicycle
parking spaces per 100 linear feet of street frontage are required to be outside.

g. All short-term bicycle parking spaces located inside the building or parking structure shall
be located on the ground story with a direct pedestrian accessway in accordance with Sec.
4C.1.1.C.2.a.ii. (Direct) to a public street.

h. For new construction, short-term bicycle parking shall be located to maximize visibility
from a pedestrian entrance.

i. All short-term bicycle parking areas located within buildings or parking garages require
signs meeting the following standards:

i. Permanently posted at the street entrance to each lot.

ii. Legible and reflectorized.

iii. Indicate the availability and location of bicycle parking within the lot.

iv. All signs shall comply with Div. 4C.11. (Signs).

j. Short-term bicycle parking spaces may be located no farther than 100 feet of walking
distance from a pedestrian entrance that provides access to uses that require the bicycle
parking spaces.

k. For buildings with more than one pedestrian entrance, short-term bicycle parking, with the exception of bicycle share stations, shall be distributed in approximately equal proportions among all pedestrian entrances. In buildings with three or more pedestrian entrances, no more than 50 percent of all short-term bicycle parking spaces shall be assigned to a single pedestrian entrance.

Sec. 4C.3.2. (Short-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-51 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

4. Bicycle Parking in the Public Right-of-Way

Business operators or property owners may install their own racks within the public right-
of-way unless a City owned rack already exists, subject to compliance with all LAMC
requirements, including but not limited obtaining any necessary permit from the Bureau of
Engineering and approval by LADOT.

5. Bicycle Corrals

a. City-Funded Bicycle Corrals

Any lot located within 500 feet of a City-funded bicycle corral may count up to four
bicycle parking spaces within the bicycle corral towards their required short-term bicycle
parking spaces.

b. Bicycle Corral Parking Incentive Program

i. Businesses or property owners who have obtained approval from Bureau of
Engineering and LADOT to install and maintain a bicycle corral in the right-of-way
in front of their property may count all the bicycle parking within the bicycle corral
toward their required number of short-term bicycle parking spaces. In such cases,
short-term bicycle parking installed in such a manner cannot be counted towards the
bicycle parking requirements of surrounding businesses.

ii. Business operators or property owners shall pay the construction and maintenance
costs of building said bicycle corrals.

iii. Multiple businesses or property owners may submit an application to LADOT as a
group and split the costs to construct and maintain the corral.

a) In such cases, a single property owner is responsible for assuming the
maintenance responsibilities detailed in a recorded covenant maintenance
agreement as outlined below in a form approved by LADOT.

b) The property owner named in the covenant who is responsible for maintaining the bicycle corral may count the full amount of bicycle parking in the corral towards its short-term bicycle parking requirements.

c) All other businesses may count up to half of the bicycle parking spaces in the
corral towards their required short-term bicycle parking spaces.

iv. Business operators or property owners who choose to install bicycle corrals within
the public right-of-way shall be responsible for maintaining the racks according to the
standards set forth in a covenant maintenance agreement approved by LADOT.

v. If, for any reason, the responsibility for maintaining a bicycle corral is returned to the
City of Los Angeles, it shall be considered a City-funded bicycle corral.

Sec. 4C.3.2. (Short-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-52 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

vi. If, for any reason, the City determines that a bicycle corral has been removed
regardless of the reason, business owners shall no longer be able to count the spaces
removed toward their required bicycle parking and the said businesses shall be
required to provide any bicycle parking spaces lost in the removal of the bicycle corral.
Failure to comply may result in the revocation of a business's Certificate of Occupancy
and a fine for code violation.

6. Bicycle Share Stations

a. Bicycle share stations shall conform to Paragraph 3. (Siting Requirements) above.

b. Business operators or property owners may allow a bicycle share service provider to install
one or more bicycle share stations on their property, provided that such bicycle share
station is part of a bicycle share system approved by LADOT and complies with all location
criteria established by LADOT for bicycle share stations.

c. Any site within 500 feet of a bicycle share station may count up to four bicycle share
docks toward the required number of short-term bicycle parking spaces for a building or
use on the same lot. In all cases, the number of bicycle share docks counted toward the
required number of short-term bicycle parking spaces cannot exceed 10 percent of the
total number of short-term bicycle parking spaces required for the subject lot.

d. Where bicycle share docks are counted toward the required number of short-term bicycle
parking spaces, residential and non-residential uses may replace a percentage of the
required automobile parking spaces with bicycle share docks in a manner consistent with
the limitations and replacement ratio established in Sec. 4C.4.1.E.10. (Substituting Required
Automobile Parking with Bicycle Parking).

e. If, for any reason, bicycle share docks are removed, the associated land uses may no
longer count the docks removed toward required bicycle parking and shall be required to
replace the number of docks formerly counted toward required bicycle parking with an
equivalent number of bicycle parking spaces.

7. Attended Bicycle Parking Service

a. A pick-up and drop-off location for short-term bicycle parking shall either comply with
Paragraph 3. (Siting Requirements) above or be co-located with a valet automobile parking
pick-up or drop-off location provided on the same lot for the subject use.

b. Once stored, a bicycle left in the care of an attendant(s) shall be accessible only to the
attendant(s), with the storage location not necessarily in the same location as the pick-up
and drop-off point.

c. If some or all required short-term bicycle parking spaces are provided by means of an
attended bicycle parking service, the service shall be available to building occupants at all
times during the hours the building is in operation.

Sec. 4C.3.2. (Short-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-53 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

d. If, for any reason, an attended bicycle parking service is discontinued, the associated land
uses may no longer count the attended bicycle parking service toward their required
number of bicycle parking spaces and shall be required to provide a number of bicycle
parking spaces equivalent to the number formerly provided by the attended bicycle
parking service.

D. Measurement

[Reserved]

E. Relief

1. An alternative to any short-term bicycle parking design standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance). 2. A deviation from any short-term bicycle parking design dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment). 3. A deviation from any short-term bicycle parking design standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.3.2. (Short-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-54 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Long-Term Bicycle Parking Design) is to promote bicycling as an alternative to automobile transportation, ensure safe, secure, accessible, and convenient storage of bicycles for tenants and other long-term users, improve bicyclist access from the public realm to the interior of buildings, and ensure entrances are conveniently and effectively accessible to bicyclists.

B. Applicability

This Section (Long-Term Bicycle Parking Design) applies to all long-term bicycle parking spaces required by Sec. 4C.3.1. (Bicycle Parking Spaces).

C. Standards

1. General

   a. Adequate lighting shall be provided to ensure safe access to bicycle parking facilities in accordance with Sec. 4C.10.1. (Outdoor Lighting).

   b. Owners and operators shall not unreasonably interfere with the ability of bicyclists to safely and conveniently access bicycle parking, including through the adoption of unreasonable property management rules. Unreasonable interference includes shorter operating hours for long-term bicycle parking than for any building or automobile parking, prohibitions

on walking of bicycles in pedestrian areas that provide access to bicycle parking, and prohibitions on bicycles in elevators where elevators are used to provide access to bicycle parking. The provisions of this Subparagraph. do not prohibit property owners from requiring bicycles to be walked in pedestrian-only areas.

2. Bicycle Parking Space Design

   a. General

   i. Long-term bicycle parking shall be secured from the general public and protected

   from inclement weather. All long-term bicycle parking shall be fully enclosed and covered.

   ii. Acceptable examples of long-term bicycle parking include bicycle lockers, bicycle

   rooms, bicycle cages, or commercially operated attended bicycle facilities.

   iii. Except in the case of lockers and commercially operated attended bicycle parking, all

   long-term bicycle parking shall provide a means of securing the bicycle frame at two points to a securely anchored rack.

Sec. 4C.3.3. (Long-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-55 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. Horizontal Storage

Long-term bicycle parking spaces shall be sized to permit safe, efficient, and convenient access to each individual bicycle parking space without interference from bicycles in adjoining spaces, as described below:

i. Individual racks installed beside each other within bicycle rooms or bicycle cages that
allow bicycles to be locked to either side of the rack shall be spaced a minimum of 30
inches on center.

ii. Racks installed parallel to walls shall be a minimum of 30 inches from the wall, with the
exception that bicycle parking spaces that provide a tray into which the bicycle wheels
may be inserted may be placed a minimum of 20 inches from the wall, or 14 inches
from the wall if such spaces are on the upper level of a stacked, two-tier rack.

iii. Triangular lockers with varying widths may be used so long as the opening is at least
two feet wide.

iv. Bicycle parking spaces arranged in a vertically staggered layout that permits bicycles
to be placed in and removed from each individual space without interference from
bicycles in adjoining spaces may be spaced a minimum of 16 inches on center.

v. If more than 20 long-term bicycle parking spaces are provided, a workspace of 100
square feet shall be provided adjacent to the long-term bicycle parking to allow
bicyclists to maintain their bicycles. However, where long-term bicycle parking is
provided in more than one location, a single workspace may be provided adjacent to
the location with the greatest number of long-term bicycle parking spaces.

c. Vertical Storage

Alternative to Subparagraph b. (Horizontal Storage) above, long-term bicycle parking may
be mounted so that the bicycle is stored vertically. Such devices that hold the bicycle by
the wheel shall be designed to support the bicycle without damaging the wheels. Vertically
installed bicycle parking shall be a minimum of four feet deep and six feet in height.

d. Stacked Storage

Alternative to Subparagraph b. (Horizontal Storage) and Subparagraph c. (Vertical Storage)
above, long-term bicycle parking may be mounted so that bicycles are stored in a stacked,
two-tier layout, provided such parking is an attended bicycle facility where facility staff
parks the bicycles, or such racks provide mechanical assistance for lifting the bicycle.

3. Siting Requirements

a. Long-term bicycle parking spaces shall be provided in one of the following locations, or in
a combination of the following locations:

Sec. 4C.3.3. (Long-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-56 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

i. On the ground story within 100 feet of the major entrance to the lobby. There shall

be safe and convenient access between the public right-of-way, the bicycle parking space, and the lobby area.

ii. In the off-street automobile parking area, subject to the following limitations:

a) Long-term bicycle parking inside a parking garage may be no more than 200 feet

from a pedestrian entrance to the main building, and located so as to provide reasonably convenient access from the bicycle parking to the nearest walkway, ramp, or elevator providing access to the building.

b) Long-term bicycle parking inside a parking garage shall be located within the space available on the building’s pedestrian entry level, after required handicapped-accessible parking stalls and other elements required by federal, state and local laws have been provided.

iii. One level above or below the ground story, within 100 feet of the elevator, ramp,

walkway, or other building entrance on that story. In such cases, elevator or ramp access to the building shall be provided.

iv. Residential long-term bicycle parking may be provided in common storage facilities on residential floors in accordance with Sec. 4C.3.3.C.2. (Bicycle Parking Space Design). If residential long-term bicycle parking is provided on residential floors, the amount

of bicycle parking on each floor shall be equal to or greater than 50 percent of the

number of dwelling units on the same floor.

b. For lots with multiple uses, long-term bicycle parking may be provided in one or more bicycle parking facilities within 200 feet of each use.

c. For lots with multiple buildings, required bicycle parking may be sited in one or more bicycle parking facilities within 200 feet of each building.

d. Bicycle parking shall be located so as to allow bicyclists safe and convenient access to and from the lot.

e. Bicyclists shall not be required to rely on stairways or escalators for access or to share access with automobiles or other motor vehicles.

f. Elevators providing access for bicyclists shall be sized to accommodate standard adult bicycle dimensions with both wheels on the floor (at least six feet by two feet).

4. Showers and Personal Lockers

Showers and personal lockers are required for long-term bicycle parking in non-residential uses in accordance with Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Sec. 91.6307. (Shower and Locker Facilities) of this Code and shall remain available for the use of building occupants arriving by bicycle.

Sec. 4C.3.3. (Long-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-57 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

5. Attended Bicycle Parking Service

a. A pick-up and drop-off location for long-term bicycle facilities shall either comply with
Paragraph 3. (Siting Requirements) above or be co-located with a valet automobile parking
pick-up or drop-off location provided on the same lot for the subject use.

b. Once stored, a bicycle left in the care of an attendant(s) shall be accessible only to the
attendant(s), with the storage location not necessarily in the same location as the pick-up
and drop-off point.

c. If some or all required bicycle parking spaces are provided by means of an attended
bicycle parking service, the service shall be available to building occupants at all times
during the hours the building is in operation.

d. If, for any reason, an attended bicycle parking service is discontinued, the associated
land uses may no longer count the attended bicycle parking service toward the required
number of bicycle parking spaces and shall provide a number of bicycle parking spaces
equivalent to the number formerly provided by the attended bicycle parking service and
required to meet the minimum parking requirement.

D. Measurement

[Reserved]

E. Relief

1. An alternative compliance to any long-term bicycle parking design standards may be granted
in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any long-term bicycle parking design dimensional standard of 10 percent or
less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any long-term bicycle parking design standard may be granted as a variance
in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.3.3. (Long-Term Bicycle Parking Design) | 4-58 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.4. AUTOMOBILE PARKING

An automobile parking stall is defined as a space within a building, or a private or public parking area, exclusive of driveways, ramps, columns, office, and work areas, for the parking of one automobile. Automobile parking stalls do not include bicycle parking.

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Automobile Parking Stalls) is to accommodate the arrival to a lot by automobile at a level appropriate to the demand generated by a particular use within different mobility contexts without creating detrimental effects on surrounding properties or public right-of- way.

B. Applicability

Automobile parking stall standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, or a use modification to buildings, structures, a lot, or uses on a lot, and as determined by the automobile parking package assigned by the applicable Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

C. Standards

1. General

   a. Projects shall provide the minimum number of automobile parking stalls specified in the Required Automobile Parking Table, Table 1 below, based on the project's use(s) and the parking package assigned by the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

   b. When a lot is used for a combination of uses, the parking requirements are the sum of the requirements for each use, and no parking stall for one use may be included in the calculation of parking requirements for any other use, with the following exceptions:

   i. As allowed in Sec. 4C.4.3.C.2. (Shared Parking).

   ii. When parking requirements for a single use on a lot with a combination of uses results in

   a fraction, then the total parking required for all uses on a lot shall be calculated based on the sum prior to the rounding of parking requirements for each use followed by rounding the total amount of parking required for a lot based on the combination of uses.

   c. In addition to the above, projects shall comply with the electric vehicle charging space requirements in Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Article 9. (Green Building Code) of this Code.

2. Required Automobile Parking Table

   a. When the Required Automobile Parking Table below lists multiple parking stall requirement options, the option that results in the greater number of required parking stalls applies.

   b. For the purposes of using the Required Automobile Parking Table, uses are defined in Part 5D. (Use Definitions).

Sec. 4C.4.1. (Automobile Parking Stalls) | 4-59 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

-TABLE 1- REQUIRED AUTOMOBILE PARKING

PARKING PACKAGE A B C D E RESIDENTIAL USES Dwelling: Dwelling units: 1-4 habitable rooms -- 0.25/du 0.5/du 0.75/du 1/du 5+ habitable rooms -- 0.75/du 1/du 1.5/du 2/du Accessory dwelling units See Div. 9.5. (Accessory Dwelling Unit Incentive Program) Household Business: Family Child Care See Dwelling (No additional parking required beyond Dwelling) Home Occupation See Dwelling (No additional parking required beyond Dwelling) Home Sharing See Dwelling (No additional parking required beyond Dwelling) Joint Living & Work Quarters Entire Unit including workspace treated as dwelling unit Live/Work Entire Unit including workspace treated as dwelling unit See California Code of Regulations, Title 25. (Housing and Community Mobile Home Park Development), Div. 1. (Housing and Community Development). Supportive Housing: General -- 0.05/du 0.1/du 0.15/du 0.2/du Medical Care -- 0.05/bed 0.1/bed 0.15/bed 0.2/bed Temporary -- -- -- -- -- PUBLIC & INSTITUTIONAL USES Cemetery -- -- -- -- -- Civic Facility: All -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Civic Fleet Services -- -- -- -- Detention Facility -- -- -- -- -- Hospital Local -- 0.1/bed 0.1/bed 0.2/bed 0.2/bed Regional -- 0.5/bed 1/bed 1.5/bed 2/bed Parking -- -- -- -- -- Public Safety Facility -- -- -- -- -- Community Assembly: All -- 10/1,000 SF 15/1,000 SF 20/1,000 SF 25/1,000 SF (excluding all non assembly area) School: Preschool/Daycare -- 0.25/1,000 SF 0.5/1,000 SF 0.75/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF K-12 -- 0.25/1,000 SF 0.5/1,000 SF 0.75/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF Post-secondary -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Social Services -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Utilities: All -- -- -- -- --

"--" = no parking required, "du" = dwelling unit, "SF" = square feet, "ac" = acre.

Sec. 4C.4.1. (Automobile Parking Stalls) | 4-60 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

-TABLE 1- REQUIRED AUTOMOBILE PARKING

PARKING PACKAGE A B C D E OPEN SPACE & RECREATION USES Amphitheater or Stadium: All -- 10/1,000 SF 15/1,000 SF 20/1,000 SF 25/1,000 SF Indoor Recreation: Public -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Commercial -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Nature Reserve -- -- -- -- -- Open Space, Public -- -- -- -- -- Outdoor Recreation: All -- -- -- -- -- TRANSPORTATION USES All -- -- -- -- -- GENERAL COMMERCIAL USES Animal Sales and Services: All -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Commissary Kitchen -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Eating and Drinking: All The service floor area -- 1/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF 4/1,000 SF 5/1,000 SF The food & drink preparation area -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Entertainment Venue, Indoor: All -- 10/1,000 SF 15/1,000 SF 20/1,000 SF 25/1,000 SF (excluding all non assembly area) Financial Services: All -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Instructional Services -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Lodging: -- First 30 lodging units -- 0.5/lodging unit 0.5/lodging unit 1/lodging unit 1/lodging unit 0.25/lodging 0.25/lodging Next 30 lodging units -- 0.5/lodging unit 0.5/lodging unit unit unit 0.25/lodging 0.25/lodging Remaining lodging units -- -- -- unit unit Medical Clinic -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Office -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Personal Services -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Postmortem Services -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Retail: All The sales floor area -- 1/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF 3/1,000 SF 4/1,000 SF The showroom area -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF Sexually Oriented Business: All -- 1/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF 3/1,000 SF 4/1,000 SF

"--" = no parking required, "du" = dwelling unit, "SF" = square feet, "ac" = acre.

Sec. 4C.4.1. (Automobile Parking Stalls) | 4-61 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

-TABLE 1- REQUIRED AUTOMOBILE PARKING

PARKING PACKAGE A B C D E HEAVY COMMERCIAL USES All Motor Vehicle Services, except -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF as listed below Car Wash -- -- -- -- -- Motor Vehicle Sales & Rental: All -- 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF (1st 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF (1st (1st 10,000 SF) 10,000 SF) + (1st 10,000 SF) 10,000 SF) + Storage, Indoor: All + 0.1/1,000 SF 0.1/1,000 SF + 0.2/1,000 SF 0.2/1,000 SF after after after after Storage, Outdoor: All 0-1 acre of outdoor storage area -- 2 3 5 6

1-2 acres of outdoor storage -- 1/ac 1.5/ac 2.5/ac 3.5/ac area 2 acres of outdoor storage area -- 0.25/ac 0.5/ac 0.75/ac 1/ac LIGHT INDUSTRIAL USES 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF (1st 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF (1st (1st 10,000 SF) 10,000 SF) + (1st 10,000 SF) 10,000 SF) + All -- + 0.1/1,000 SF 0.1/1,000 SF + 0.2/1,000 SF 0.2/1,000 SF after after after after HEAVY INDUSTRIAL USES 0.5/1,000 SF 1/1,000 SF (1st 1.5/1,000 SF 2/1,000 SF (1st All Heavy Industrial, except as (1st 10,000 SF) 10,000 SF) + (1st 10,000 SF) 10,000 SF) + -- listed below + 0.1/1,000 SF 0.1/1,000 SF + 0.2/1,000 SF 0.2/1,000 SF after after after after Salvage Yard: 0-1 acre of outdoor storage -- 2 3 5 6 area >1-2 acres of outdoor storage -- 1/ac 1.5/ac 2.5/ac 3.5/ac area >2 acres of outdoor storage -- 0.25/ac 0.5/ac 0.75/ac 1/ac area AGRICULTURAL USES All -- -- -- -- --

"--" = no parking required, "du" = dwelling unit, "SF" = square feet, "ac" = acre.

Sec. 4C.4.1. (Automobile Parking Stalls) | 4-62 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. Parking Stalls Per 1,000 Square Feet

When determining parking stall requirements specified as a ratio having a denominator of "1,000 SF" the method for determining the total number of required parking stalls shall be executed as follows:

a. Divide the total floor area of the subject use by 1,000. For determining floor area of the specified use, see Paragraph 3. (Square Feet) of this Subsection (Measurement).

b. Multiply the result by the numerator in the specified parking ratio. If the result is a fraction, round in accordance with Paragraph 5. (Fractional Spaces) of this Subsection (Measurement).

c. The result shall be the total number of required automobile parking stalls.

2. Parking Stalls Per Acre

When determining automobile parking stall requirements specified as a ratio having a denominator of "acre" the method for determining the total number of required automobile parking stalls shall be executed as follows:

a. Divide the total floor area of the subject use by 43,560. For determining floor area of the specified use, see Paragraph 3. (Square Feet) below.

b. Multiply the result by the numerator in the specified parking ratio. If the result is a fraction, round in accordance with Paragraph 5. (Fractional Spaces) below.

c. The result shall be the total number of required automobile parking stalls.

3. Square Feet

   For the purpose of calculating required automobile parking stalls in this Section (Automobile Parking Stalls), square feet refers to the total on-site floor area dedicated to a subject use, measured in square feet. The total floor area includes the floor area of accessory buildings. For the calculation of floor area, see Sec. 14.2.7. (Floor Area).

4. Habitable Rooms

   For the purpose of applying the automobile parking stall requirements of this Section (Automobile Parking Stalls), any kitchen shall not be considered a habitable room.

5. Fractional Space

When the application of these regulations results in the requirement of a fractional automobile parking stall, any fraction up to and including 1/2 may be disregarded, and any fraction over 1/2 is construed as requiring one automobile parking space. Rounding shall occur after taking the sum of automobile parking required across all proposed uses.

Sec. 4C.4.1. (Automobile Parking Stalls) | 4-63 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

E. Exceptions

1. Accessible Parking

The number of required automobile parking stalls may be reduced by the number of stalls
deemed necessary in order to provide accessible parking stalls as required by state, federal and
local laws.

2. Amenity Space

Floor area provided as lot amenity space or residential amenity space shall be exempt from
parking requirements.

3. Use Modification

No additional parking stalls shall be required for use modification project activities that only
modify the following uses:

a. Indoor recreation: public,

b. Indoor recreation: commercial, or

c. All general commercial uses.

4. Electric Vehicle Charging Stations

a. Each electric vehicle charging station provided above the minimum required by Chapter IX.
(Building Regulations), Article 9. (Green Building Code) of this Code may be substituted for
two required automobile parking stalls for the purpose of complying with any applicable
minimum automobile parking stall requirements of this Section (Automobile Parking Stalls).

i. Measurement. Where a multiport electric vehicle charger can simultaneously charge
more than one vehicle, the number of electric vehicle charging stations shall be
considered equivalent to the number of electric vehicles that can be simultaneously
charged.

b. An accessible parking stall with a drive aisle served by electric vehicle supply equipment
or an accessible parking stall with an aisle designated as a future electric vehicle charging
space shall count as two required automobile parking stalls for the purpose of complying
with any applicable minimum parking stall requirements of this Section (Automobile
Parking Stalls).

5. Fire Pump Rooms

The number of required automobile parking stalls may be reduced by the number of stalls deemed necessary in order to install a water storage tank to enlarge an existing fire pump room, or to install a new fire pump room.

Sec. 4C.4.1. (Automobile Parking Stalls) | 4-64 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

6. Historic Buildings and Buildings That Are At Least 25 Years Old

No additional parking is required for uses occupying a building that meets one of the following criteria:

a. The building is a designated historic resource.

b. The building is a surveyed historic resource.

c. The building was constructed conforming to building and zoning codes in effect at the time it was built and is at least 25 years old. A Certificate of Occupancy, building permit, or other suitable documentation may be submitted as evidence to verify the date of construction.

7. Office Mixed-Use

   a. Any indoor recreation uses, eating & drinking use, personal services use or retail use sharing a lot with an office use may provide parking at the same rate required for office uses subject to the following requirements:

   i. The lot includes a total floor area of 50,000 square feet or greater.

   ii. The office uses shall occupy a minimum of 75 percent of the floor area on the lot.

   iii. The cumulative floor area dedicated to any combination of indoor recreation uses,

   eating & drinking uses, personal services uses or retail uses that may provide parking at the same rate required for office uses shall not exceed five percent of the total floor area dedicated for office uses.

   iv. Any floor area dedicated to any combination of indoor recreation uses, eating &

   drinking uses, personal services uses or retail uses that exceeds five percent of the total floor area dedicated for office uses shall provide parking at the rate specified for the subject use in the applicable parking package assigned by the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

   b. Any office uses sharing a lot with a wholesale trade & warehousing use may provide parking at the same rate required for wholesale trade & warehousing uses when the following criteria are met:

i. The cumulative floor area dedicated to office uses that may provide parking at the same rate required for wholesale trade & warehousing uses shall not exceed 10 percent of the total floor area dedicated for wholesale trade & warehousing uses.

ii. Any floor area dedicated to office uses that exceeds 10 percent of the total floor area

dedicated for wholesale trade & warehousing uses shall provide parking at the rate specified for office use in the applicable parking package assigned by the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

Sec. 4C.4.1. (Automobile Parking Stalls) | 4-65 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

8. Public Benefit Projects

   Projects participating in an Affordable Housing Incentive Program, Community Benefits Program, or a General Incentive Program included in Article 9. (Public Benefit Systems), may qualify for reduced required automobile parking as deemed eligible.

9. Small Business Tenant Space

   Non-residential tenant spaces designated for commercial uses having a floor area of 1,500 square feet or less shall be exempt from requirements to provide automobile parking stalls. This exemption is limited to two tenant spaces per lot.

10. Substituting Required Automobile Parking with Bicycle Parking

    a. Required automobile parking stalls may be substituted with bicycle parking at a ratio of

    one automobile parking stall for every four bicycle parking spaces provided the bicycle parking spaces meet the applicable requirements of Sec. 4C.3.1. (Bicycle Parking Spaces).

    b. Non-residential uses may substitute up to 20 percent of the required automobile parking with bicycle parking. When a non-residential use is located within 1,500 feet of a passenger transit facility, up to 30 percent of the required automobile parking stalls may be substituted with bicycle parking. c. Residential uses may substitute up to 10 percent of the required automobile parking with bicycle parking. When a residential use is located within 1,500 feet of a major transit stop, up to 15 percent of the required automobile parking stalls may be substituted with bicycle parking.

d. Projects participating in an Affordable Housing Incentive Program, Community Benefits Program, or a General Incentive Program included in Article 9. (Public Benefit Systems), may substitute up to 30 percent of the required automobile parking with bicycle parking, as deemed eligible.

11. Conversion of Existing One-Unit Dwellings

Only one automobile parking stall is required for each dwelling unit that results from the
conversion of an existing building on a lot that contains only one dwelling unit, provided that
the conversion meets the following requirements:

a. The lot is not in a 1L Density District (Part 6B.);

b. The conversion is limited to the structural alteration of the existing building or the addition
of not more than 250 square feet of floor area thereto;

c. The conversion results in a total of two or more dwelling units; and

d. All newly created dwelling units are rental units.

Sec. 4C.4.1. (Automobile Parking Stalls) | 4-66 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

12. Outdoor Dining Area Parking Exception

    a. Outdoor dining areas may replace otherwise required automobile parking stalls, provided that at least one automobile parking stall is provided for the associated eating & drinking use, subject to the following exceptions where no automobile parking is required: i. On a lot where no parking is required for the associated eating & drinking use. ii. Where the associated eating & drinking use has a total floor area of 3,000 square feet or less. iii. Where the outdoor dining area has a total area of 1,000 square feet or less.

    b. Establishments that have been the subject of a wage claim under Chapter XVIII. (Employee Wages and Protections), Article 8. (Los Angeles Office of Wage Standards Ordinance) of this Code, on or after January 1, 2024, are not eligible for the outdoor dining area parking exception.

F. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to automobile parking requirements may be granted in accordance with Sec. 4C.4.3. (Alternative Parking Strategies).

2. A reduction in required automobile parking requirements of 20 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustments).

3. A deviation in required automobile parking requirements may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.4.1. (Automobile Parking Stalls) | 4-67 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Alternative Parking Strategies) is to provide
opportunities for projects to reduce the number of required automobile parking stalls through
alternative methods of accommodating arrival to a lot and reduce demand for automobile parking.

B. Applicability

Alternative parking strategy standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site
modification, or a use modification.

C. Standards

1. General

a. A reduction in required automobile parking stalls through the provision of one or more
alternative parking strategy may be authorized in accordance with Sec. 13B.2.5. (Director
Determination). Applicants that wish to provide an alternative parking strategy as a means
of reducing the total number of required parking stalls shall submit a report which provides
the following:

i. Detailed description of all uses involved in the alternative parking strategy, including
location, floor area, seating capacity if applicable, and hours of operations.

ii. Anticipated parking demand generated by employees, tenants, residents, and visitors
on an hourly basis, 24 hours per day, for seven consecutive days.

iii. Description of how an alternative parking strategy will alleviate the demand for a
specified number of the total required parking stalls.

iv. Supplemental maps and plot plans deemed necessary for depicting all relevant
components of an alternative parking strategy.

v. Supplemental market study detailing the complementary relationship between a mix of
uses as deemed necessary for understanding the parking strategy.

b. Additional documents, covenants, deed restrictions, or other agreements shall be executed
and recorded as deemed necessary, in order to assure the continued maintenance,
operation and viability of an approved alternative parking strategy, under the conditions set
forth in the Director’s Determination. Revisions to the parking strategy shall be submitted
to the Director in a report documenting the revised manner in which the new parking
strategy achieves the same intention and level of service as the originally approved parking
strategy.

Sec. 4C.4.2. (Alternative Parking Strategies) | 4-68 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

2. Mixed Use

When a lot combines dwelling uses or office uses with on-site general commercial uses that may serve the lot’s residents or employees, the total number of required automobile parking stalls may be reduced when an applicant demonstrates that the lot’s commercial uses will cater to the lot’s residents or employees. The total number of required automobile parking stalls may be reduced provided the mixed-use site meets all of the following criteria:

a. Contains 50 or more dwelling units or 50,000 square feet or more dedicated to office use.

b. General commercial uses are limited to indoor recreation, eating & drinking uses, personal services or retail use.

c. The general commercial uses shall be limited to 25 percent of total floor area.

d. The mix of uses sufficiently alleviates the demand for the specified number of required automobile parking stalls.

3. Shared Parking

   In order to take advantage of different peak periods of parking demand among nearby uses the total number of required automobile parking stalls may be reduced when an applicant demonstrates that automobile parking stalls can be shared among multiple uses. A parking facility may be shared among multiple uses within the same building or site, as well as uses located on separate sites. The alternative parking strategy shall meet all of the following criteria: a. A shared parking facility shall be located within a 750-foot walking distance of each participating use.

   b. Participating uses shall have mutually exclusive periods of peak parking demand.

   c. The shared parking strategy sufficiently alleviates the demand for the specified number of required automobile parking stalls.

4. Proximity to Public Transportation

Uses within walking distance of a public transit facility may take advantage of increased transit ridership among employees, tenants and visitors and a decreased demand for automobile parking. The total number of required automobile parking stalls may be reduced provided the parking strategy meets all of the following criteria:

a. A use shall be located within a 1,500-foot walking distance of public transit. For this purpose, public transit means a location, including, but not limited to, a bus stop or train station, where the public may access buses, trains, subways, and other forms of transportation that charge set fares, run on fixed routes, and are available to the public. A public transit stop or station that is in development may also apply if the anticipated operating date is within three years.

Sec. 4C.4.2. (Alternative Parking Strategies) | 4-69 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. The nearby public transit facility sufficiently alleviates the demand for the specified number of required parking stalls.

5. Shuttle Service

Uses generating travel patterns whereby a majority of employees or visitors arrive and depart within the same time periods may operate a viable shuttle service that decreases the demand for automobile parking and may decrease the total number of required automobile parking stalls, based on the decreased demand, provided the following criteria are met:

a. A shuttle shall provide scheduled service between the use and a location that can accommodate the arrival of shuttle users, such as a park and ride facility or public passenger transit facility or stop.

b. A majority of shuttle users arrive and depart roughly within the same three hour period.

c. The planned shuttle service sufficiently alleviates the demand for the specified number of required parking stalls.

6. Designated Passenger Loading Areas

Uses that can accommodate a high share of arrivals and departures through dynamic ridesharing or taxi services when providing a safe and efficient passenger loading area may have a decreased demand for automobile parking and may decrease the total number of required automobile parking stalls, based on the decreased demand, provided the following criteria are met:

a. A designated passenger loading area shall be located within a 300-foot walking distance of a street-facing entrance to the use it serves. Travel between a designated passenger loading area and the use being served shall not require pedestrians to cross streets.

b. The passenger loading area shall not be placed within 75 feet of an intersection.

c. The passenger loading area shall provide sufficient space for a vehicle to pull out of roadway traffic and safely load and unload passengers without interfering with traffic flow.

d. The passenger loading area shall not decrease sidewalk space for pedestrians or impede pedestrian movement.

e. Passenger loading areas shall be clearly indicated with signage.

f. The designated passenger loading area sufficiently alleviates the demand for the specified

number of required parking stalls.

D. Measurement

1. For measurement of walking distance see Sec. 14.2.3.A.2. (Walking Distance).

2. Peak period demand is determined based on the following:

Sec. 4C.4.2. (Alternative Parking Strategies) | 4-70 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

a. For projects that have obtained a Certificate of Occupancy, this analysis shall be

conducted on an hourly basis, 24 hours per day, for seven consecutive days to identify the maximum average number of automobiles on the lot per hour.

b. For projects that have not yet obtained a Certificate of Occupancy, this analysis shall be conducted on an hourly basis, 24 hours per day, for seven consecutive days to identify the maximum average number of automobiles per hour on a lot serving a similar use in the vicinity.

E. Relief

A deviation from any alternative parking strategy dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

Sec. 4C.4.2. (Alternative Parking Strategies) | 4-71 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Parking Area Design) is to ensure parking areas provide
sufficient accommodation for automobile parking.

B. Applicability

Parking area design standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, or a
use modification, affecting any parking area containing automobile parking stalls.

C. Standards

1. Automobile Circulation

All portions of a parking area, including public parking structures, shall be accessible by
automobile to all other portions of a parking area without requiring the use of any public
street, unless LADOT determines that access will not be detrimental to the flow of traffic.
Alleys may be used for circulation between parking areas.

2. Location of Parking Stalls

a. All required automobile parking stalls shall be located in an off-street parking area.

b. The required automobile parking stalls shall be provided either on the same lot as the use
they are intended to serve or on another lot not more than a 750-foot walking distance
of a street-facing entrance to the use intended to be served by the required parking. An
alternative parking strategy may be approved to exceed this distance.

c. Automobile parking is not permitted within the primary street parking setbacks, side street
parking setbacks and any special lot line parking setbacks established by the applied
Frontage District (Part 3B.) in accordance with Sec. 3C.2.1. (Parking Setback).

d. Automobile parking is not permitted within any portion of a lot designated to be used as
lot amenity space or residential amenity space in accordance with Div. 2C.3. (Amenity).

3. Automobile Maneuvering

a. Each automobile parking stall shall be so located that no automobile is required to reverse
onto any public street or sidewalk to leave the parking stall, parking bay or driveway,
except where the automobile parking facility serves four parking stalls or less and where
the driveway access is to a street other than a boulevard or avenue. An alley may be used
for maneuvering in reverse.

b. Each automobile parking stall shall be so located that parking maneuvers can be
accomplished without driving into a parking setback.

Sec. 4C.4.3. (Parking Area Design) | 4-72 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

4. Parking Stall Striping

   Each parking stall shall be clearly marked with striping for the entire required parking stall
   depth with the exception of parking areas on lots that contain less than five parking stalls,
   which are not required to mark parking stalls with striping.

   5. Paving

   All parking areas shall be paved with a material treatment meeting either the basic or
   alternative paving material standards below.

   a. Basic Paving Material

   Automobile parking areas shall be paved with either hard, durable asphaltic paving which
   has been mixed at a plant and is at least two inches thick after compaction or with
   portland cement paving at least three inches thick.

   b. Alternate Paving Materials

   i. Alternative to the basic paving material in Subparagraph a. (Basic Paving Material)
   above, automobile parking areas may be paved with the following alternative paving
   materials: porous asphalt, porous concrete, permeable interlocking concrete pavers,
   permeable pavers, decomposed granite, crushed rock, gravel, or restrained systems (a
   plastic or concrete grid system confined on all sides to restrict lateral movement, and
   filled with gravel or grass in the voids).

   ii. Alternate paving materials are subject to the following standards:

   a) Paving materials located in a designated fire lane must be approved by the Los
   Angeles Fire Department.

   b) Permeable interlocking concrete pavers and permeable pavers shall have a
   minimum thickness of 80 millimeters (3.14 inches).

   c) If plants are an element of the alternate paving material, the irrigation system shall
   not utilize potable water except for during plant establishment.

   d) Products and underlying drainage material shall be installed per manufacturers'
   specifications. Sub-grade soils shall be compacted as required per the product
   installation specifications.

   e) Decomposed granite, crushed rock and gravel shall only be allowed for parking
   areas serving one or two dwelling units.

   6. Lighting

   Parking areas shall be illuminated in accordance with Sec. 4C.10.1. (Outdoor Lighting).

Sec. 4C.4.3. (Parking Area Design) | 4-73 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

7. Parking Stall Obstructions

A fence, wall, partition, column, post or similar obstruction shall not be located within 10
inches of a parking stall along its longest dimension unless the obstruction is located a
minimum of 14 feet from the drive aisle measured parallel to the parking stall. Parking stalls
provided in 1L or 2L Density Districts (Part 6B.) are exempt from this standard.

<10”

14’
(min)

10”
(min)

Drive Aisle

8. Parking Lots

For additional parking lot standards, see Sec. 4C.4.4. (Parking Lot Design).

9. Structured Parking

For additional parking structure standards, see Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design).

10. Parking Stall Dimensions

All automobile parking stalls shall meet the minimum dimension standards in the table below:

PARKING STALL DIMENSIONS
Parking Stall Parking Stall Type
Dimension STALL STALL TYPE STANDARD COMPACT TANDEM ANGLE

Width (min) 8'-4" 7'-6" 8'-4" Perpendicular >0°-90° and Angled Depth (min) 18'-0" 15'-0" 33'-0"

Width (min) 8'-0" 7'-6" n/a
Parallel (Typical) 0°
Depth (min) 26'-0" 23'-0" n/a

Width (min) 8'-0" 7'-6" n/a
Parallel (End Stall) 0°
Depth (min) 30'-0" 27'-0" n/a

Sec. 4C.4.3. (Parking Area Design) | 4-74 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

11. Compact Parking

    a. The following parking stalls may be compact:

    i. Any parking stalls in excess of the required number of parking stalls in Sec. 4C.4.1.

    (Automobile Parking Stalls),

ii. Parking stalls in excess of one parking stall per dwelling unit may be compact parking stalls, and

iii. In a parking area containing 10 or more parking stalls, a maximum of 40 percent of the
required parking stalls.

b. All compact parking stalls shall be clearly and visibly striped and labeled for compact car
use only.

12. Tandem Parking

Automobiles may be parked in tandem in a private parking area serving a residential use,
where the tandem parking is not more than two cars in depth. Tandem parking is not allowed
for recreational vehicles or guest parking provided as part of a private parking area serving a
residential use.

Sec. 4C.4.3. (Parking Area Design) | 4-75 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

13. Parking Bay Dimensions

    a. The minimum width of each parking bay is determined by the stall width and angle of the parking stalls provided in accordance with the table below: PARKING BAY WIDTH

Parking Stall One-Way Drive Aisle Two-Way Drive Aisle DOUBLE SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE ANGLE WIDTH LOADED LOADED LOADED LOADED 0° (Parallel) 8'-0" 28'-0" 18'-0" 36'-0" 28'-0" 7'-6" 40'-0" 26'-0" 48'-2" 34'-0" 8'-4" 43'-0" 27'-6" 51'-2" 35'-6" 30° 8'-6" 43'-0" 27'-6" 51'-2" 35'-6" 9'-0" 43'-0" 27'-6" 51'-2" 35'-6" 7'-6" 44'-4" 28'-2" 52'-1" 36'-3" 8'-4" 50'-3" 31'-11" 56'-4" 38'-6" 45° 8'-6" 49'-10" 31'-6" 56'-4" 38'-6" 9'-0" 48'-7" 30'-3" 56'-4" 38'-4" 7'-6" 49'-4" 32'-8" 54'-1" 37'-11" 8'-4" 56'-5" 37'-3" 59'-11" 41'-1" 60° 8'-6" 55'-11" 36'-9" 59'-9" 40'-11" 9'-0" 54'-8" 35'-3" 59'-3" 40'-7" 7'-6" 55'-4" 40'-4" 55'-4" 40'-4" 8'-4" 64'-0" 46'-0" 64'-0" 46'-0" 90° 8'-6" 63'-4" 45'-4" 63'-4" 45'-4" 9'-0" 61'-4" 43'-4" 61'-4" 43'-4"

EXAMPLE FIGURES
2WAY / DOUBLE LOADED 1WAY / SINGLE LOADED

Stall
90º Depth Stall 0º (parallel)
Width
Width Stall Stall Depth
Width
Bay OVERLAPPING PARKING BAYS

Width
Bay

1WAY TRAFFIC/DOUBLE LOADED
Area of Overlap

Stall
Depth
Stall
Width Width Width
Bay Bay
60º

Sec. 4C.4.3. (Parking Area Design) | 4-76 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. Where parking stalls of two bays interlock the parking bays may overlap.

c. Any tandem stalls provided shall increase the minimum parking bay width by 15 feet where tandem stalls are provided on only one side of a drive aisle and by 30 feet where tandem stalls are provided on two sides of a drive aisle.

d. Parking bay dimensions other than those specified may be approved by the Superintendent of Building, or their authorized representative, based on vehicle maneuvering requirements on the lot.

14. Mechanical Automobile Lifts & Robotic Parking Structures

    a. The stacking of two or more automobiles using a mechanical car lift or computerized parking structure is permitted.

    b. Mechanical and robotic automobile parking lifts must maintain the following dimensions between vertical supports or any obstructions:

PARKING LIFT DIMENSIONS Parking Stall Type Dimension STANDARD COMPACT

Clear Width (min) 8'-0" 7'-0"

Clear Height (min) 7'-0" 6'-0"

c. The platform of the mechanical lift on which the automobile is first placed shall be
individually accessed and shall be placed so that the location of the platform and access to
the platform meet all applicable requirements of Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking).

d. The lift equipment or computerized parking structure shall meet any applicable building
code requirements in Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Article 9. (Green Building Code)of
this Code.

e. All mechanical automobile lifts and robotic parking structures shall be subject to Sec.
4C.4.3.C.2. (Location of Parking Stalls).

D. Measurement

1. Parking Stall Width

The parking stall width shall be measured as the narrowest horizontal distance between
opposite edges of a parking stall.

2. Parking Stall Depth

The parking stall depth shall be measured as the horizontal distance measured perpendicular
to the parking stall width from one edge of a parking stall to the opposite edge. A minimum
parking stall depth shall be met for all portions of the parking stall width.

Sec. 4C.4.3. (Parking Area Design) | 4-77 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Parking Bay Width

The parking bay width shall be measured by the horizontal distance between opposite edges of a parking bay measured perpendicular to the drive aisle.

4. Parking Angle

The parking angle shall be measured from the long edge of a parking stall to the drive aisle.

5. Clear Height

Minimum clear height is measured as the vertical dimension of a parking stall at the lowest point, from finished grade or floor elevation to the ceiling or other fixed obstruction, whichever is lower, for the full width and depth of the parking stall.

6. Clear Width

Minimum clear width is measured as the horizontal dimension of a parking stall at the narrowest point between walls or other fixed obstructions for the full depth of the parking stall.

E. Exceptions

A parking area providing attendants to park the vehicles at all times when the parking area is open for use does not have to meet the requirements of Sec. 4C.4.3.C.10. (Parking Stall Dimensions) and Sec. 4C.4.3.C.13. (Parking Bay Dimensions).

F. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance from parking area design standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. Compact parking stalls provided in lieu of 10 percent of the required standard parking stalls

may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustments)

3. A deviation in required parking stall dimensions or parking bay dimensions may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.4.3. (Parking Area Design) | 4-78 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Parking Lot Design) is to ensure parking lots are
designed to create safe, comfortable and attractive environments for users and pedestrians
along the adjacent public right-of-way, while also mitigating heat island effects, absorbing noise
pollution, managing stormwater runoff, sequestering carbon emissions and supporting urban
biodiversity through landscaping and surface design.

B. Applicability

1. Parking lot design standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification,
or a use modification, subject to the following:

a. Parking lot design standards apply to all parking areas not contained within a parking
structure.

b. Parking lot landscaping standards apply to all parking areas containing five or more
automobile parking stalls.

C. Standards

1. Surfacing

a. All automobile parking areas shall be graded and drained to collect, retain and infiltrate
surface water on-site by applying Low Impact Development practices and standards.

b. Parking lots shall be surfaced with hard, durable asphaltic paving which has been mixed at
a plant and is at least two inches thick after compaction, with portland cement paving at
least three inches thick or with an alternative paving material described below.

i. Alternative paving materials include the following: porous asphalt, porous concrete,
permeable interlocking concrete pavers, permeable pavers, decomposed granite,
crushed rock, gravel, and restrained systems (a plastic or concrete grid system
confined on all sides to restrict lateral movement, and filled with gravel or plants in the
voids.)

ii. Alternative paving materials are permitted for use in every parking lot, subject to the
following standards:

a) Any product installed within areas designated by the Fire Department as a fire lane
must be approved by the Fire Department.

b) Permeable interlocking concrete pavers and permeable pavers shall have a
minimum thickness of 80 millimeters (3.14 inches).

c) If plants are an element of the alternative paving material, the irrigation system
shall not utilize potable water except for plant establishment.

Sec. 4C.4.4. (Parking Lot Design) | 4-79 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

d) Products and underlying drainage material shall be installed per manufacturers'
specifications. Sub-grade soils shall be compacted as required per the product
installation specifications.

e) Decomposed granite, crushed rock and gravel shall only be allowed for driveways
and parking areas serving a maximum of two dwelling units.

2. Parking Lot Landscaping

a. General

i. Projects shall comply with either Subparagraph b. (Option 1: Prescriptive Standard)
or Subparagraph c. (Option 2: Performance-Based Standard) below to meet the
requirements of this Section (Parking Lot Design).

ii. The required stall length of parking stalls may overhang the planting areas required by
the parking lot landscaping standards by two feet or less.

iii. All planting areas shall comply with Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) in addition
to any planting area requirements of the chosen parking lot landscaping option.

b. Option 1: Prescriptive Standard

i. Trees planted within a planting area located along a single row of parking stalls shall
be provided at a rate of one large species tree or two small species trees for every four
parking stalls.

ii. Trees planted between two rows of parking stalls shall be provided at a rate of one
large species tree or two small species trees for every eight parking stalls.

iii. Required trees shall be spaced evenly along the entire length of the required planting
area.

Row
Required Screening Single See Sec. 4C.8.1.2

Row
Double
Street

Row
Single

Sec. 4C.4.4. (Parking Lot Design) | 4-80 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

iv. When calculating the total number of trees results in a fraction of a tree, any fraction less than 1/2 may be disregarded and any fraction of 1/2 or more will require one additional tree.

c. Option 2: Performance-Based Standard

Trees shall be planted so that at least 50 percent of all parking stalls within the parking lot will be shaded by tree canopy after 10 years of planting.

3. Screening

   a. Where a parking lot faces a frontage lot line, common lot line or an alley lot line the entire length of the parking lot shall be screened as follows:

   i. An F-Screen 2 (Sec. 4C.8.1.C.2.b.) or an F-Screen 3 (Sec. 4C.8.1.C.2.c.) is required

   between the parking lot and frontage lot lines for any portion of the length of the parking lot that faces a frontage lot line.

   ii. A T-Screen 1 (Sec. 4C.8.2.C.2.a.) is required between the parking lot and common lot

   lines shared with lots zoned with a 1L, 2L, 3L or 4L Density District (Part 6B.) for any portion of the length of the parking lot that faces a common lot line.

   iii. A T-Screen 1 (Sec. 4C.8.2.C.2.a.) is required between the parking lot and alley lot lines

   for any portion of the length of the parking lot that faces an alley lot line where lots

   zoned with a 1L, 2L, 3L or 4L Density District (Part 6B.) abut the opposite side of the alley right-of-way.

   b. The required stall length of parking stalls may overhang the planting area of a required frontage screen or transition screen by two feet or less. c. Screens may only be located in a frontage yard where they comply with frontage yard fence & wall standards in the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

4. Containment Perimeter

   Parking lots shall include a containment perimeter that obstructs motor vehicles from leaving the designated parking lot. The containment perimeter shall be providing using one or more of the following containment methods around the entire perimeter except for crossings and access points required for driveways, drive aisles, pedestrian accessways, or pedestrian passageways:

   a. Continuous curbs of no less than four inches in height.

b. Permanent bollards, walls, raised planters, or a similar containment method having a height no less than 30 inches and having a clear width of no more than 66 inches.

c. A planting area meeting Sec. 4C.6.4.C.2. (Planting Areas) with no horizontal dimension less than five feet.

Sec. 4C.4.4. (Parking Lot Design) | 4-81 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

5. Lighting

   Parking areas shall be illuminated in accordance with Sec. 4C.10.1. (Outdoor Lighting).

D. Measurement

1. For a lot line measurement determination see Sec. 14.2.12. (Lot Line Determination).

2. For frontage yard designation measurements see Sec. 14.2.16.C.1. (Frontage yard).

3. For parking setback measurements see Sec. 3C.2.1. (Parking Setback).

4. For the length that a parking lot is facing a lot line see Sec. 14.2.6. (Facing).

5. To measure planting area width see Sec. 4C.6.4.D.1. (Planting Area Width).

E. Relief

1. A deviation from any parking lot design dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

2. A deviation from any parking lot design standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.4.4. (Parking Lot Design) | 4-82 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Parking Structure Design) is to limit the visual and
environmental impact of motor vehicle use areas on the public realm to the extent appropriate to
the mobility context.

B. Applicability

1. Parking structure design standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site
modification, an exterior modification, or a use modification subject to the following:

a. Parking structure design standards apply to parking structures possessing a primary street
lot line, side street lot line, or special lot line designation.

b. Parking structure design standards apply to both standalone and integrated parking
structures as a part of a broader development, and to all levels of parking structures.

C. Standards

1. General

a. Parking structure design treatments are hierarchical according to the following order listed
lowest to highest:

i. Screened Parking

ii. Concealed Parking

iii. Adaptable Parking

iv. Wrapped Parking

b. If a treatment listed lower in the hierarchy in Subparagraph a. above is specified by the
applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.), the applicant may choose to meet the
standards of a treatment with any a higher listed treatment.

c. Ground story motor vehicle use areas located in a parking structure shall also meet any
parking setback standards specified by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-83 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

2. Lighting

All luminaires located in parking structures shall meet the following standards:

a. Luminaires shall meet the standards of Sec. 4C.10.1. (Outdoor Lighting).

b. Beam spread and glare zone from luminaires shall be contained within the parking
structure.

Beam Spread Glare Zone

3. Parking Structure Design Treatments

a. Screened Parking

Screened parking is intended to limit the visual and environmental impact of motor vehicle
use areas on the public realm.

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-84 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

i. Parking structure facades required to be screened shall meet any frontage standards
required by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

ii. All above-grade parking structure facades required to be "screened" shall be screened
with a permanent structure that meets the following standards:

a) Any individual level of parking measured in elevation projection shall have at least
60 percent opacity.

60% (min)

60% (min)

60%
Opacity
(min)

60% (min)

Solid Area

b) Openings in screens shall be four inches or less in at least one dimension except
for openings provided for pedestrian or vehicle access.

4”
Max 4”
Max
4” Max

c) Parking structure screen openings accommodating automobile access are allowed
for a width no greater than the maximum allowed driveway width allowed by the
applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

d) Parking structure screen openings accommodating pedestrian accessways
are allowed for a width no greater than eight feet in width for each individual
pedestrian accessway. Where an opening in the parking garage screening
accommodates both pedestrian and automobile access, the maximum allowable
opening width is eight feet greater than the maximum allowed driveway width.

e) Parking structure screen openings shall have a height no greater than one story.

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-85 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

iii. In addition to the screening above, an F-Screen 1 or F-Screen 2 pursuant to Frontage
Screen Types (Sec. 4C.8.1.C.2.) is required between ground story parking and all
frontage lot lines.

b. Concealed Parking

Concealed parking is intended to entirely block views of cars, people and direct light from
inside parking structures to the public realm.

i. Parking structure facades required to be concealed shall meet any frontage standards
required by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

ii. All above-grade parking structure facades required to be "concealed" shall be screened
with a permanent structure meeting the following standards:

a) The screening material shall have an opacity of 100 percent.

100% (min)

100% (min)

100%
Opacity
(min)

100% (min)

Solid Area

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-86 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b) Parking structure screening shall not include perforated metal screening products.

c) Parking structure screen openings accommodating automobile access are allowed for a width no greater than the maximum allowed driveway width allowed by the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

d) Parking structure screen openings accommodating pedestrian accessways are allowed for a width no greater than eight feet in width for each individual pedestrian accessway. Where an opening in the parking structure screening accommodates both pedestrian and automobile access, the maximum allowable opening width is eight feet greater than the maximum allowed driveway width.

e) Parking structure screen openings shall have a height no greater than one story.

iii. In addition to the screening above, an F-Screen 1 or F-Screen 2 pursuant to Frontage
Screen Types (Sec. 4C.8.1.C.2.) is required between ground story parking and all
frontage lot lines.

c. Adaptable Parking

Adaptable parking is intended to ensure floors used for parking are built in a way that
allows motor vehicle use areas to change to active uses in the future without significant
structural renovation.

i. Parking structure facades required to be adaptable shall meet any frontage standards
required by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-87 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

ii. Where required to be adaptable by the applied Development Standards District (Part

4B.), parking structures shall meet the following standards for a minimum depth of 30

feet from the applicable street-facing facade:

a) Floor plates shall be level except to the minimum extent required for drainage.

b) The structure shall be constructed to accommodate loads associated with office building corridors above the first floor under Chapter IX. (Building Regulations) of this Code.

c) Floor to floor heights shall be a minimum of 11 feet.

iii. All parking required to be adaptable shall also meet the standards for concealed

parking pursuant to Subparagraph b. (Concealed Parking) above.

d. Wrapped Parking

Wrapped parking is intended to ensure active uses along the public right-of-way in order to provide a human-scale and visual interest to buildings along streets and sidewalks, contributing to public safety, walkability and social engagement.

i. Parking structure facades required to be wrapped shall meet any frontage standards required by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

ii. Where parking structures are required to be wrapped by the applied Development

Standards District (Part 4B.); parking structures shall meet the following standards for the portion of the building width required to meet the minimum build-to width specified in the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-88 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

a) Parking and other motor vehicle use areas shall be separated from the frontage lot line by indoor active uses, as defined below, for a minimum depth of 15 feet

measured from the applicable street-facing building face.

b) For the purpose of wrapped parking, indoor active uses shall mean indoor occupiable spaces designed and intended for tenants, residents or guests. Areas for circulation, storage, mechanical equipment, utilities, and waste collection shall not account for more than 15 percent of an area designated as an active use on any story. 15’ (min)

iii. The portion of the building width not required to meet the minimum build-to width

required by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.) may meet either the standards for wrapped parking or concealed parking pursuant to Subparagraph b. (Concealed Parking) above.

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-89 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

Level
4 LEVEL 2 OPACITY
CALCULATION

PORTION Level Treatment Treatment Treatment OF 3 A A B TOTAL % x = WEIGHTEDVALUE OPACITY FACADE AREA

TREATMENT 100% 0.2 20% Level 100% 55% 100% A 2 Opacity Opacity Opacity
TREATMENT
B 55% 0.8 42%

LEVEL 2 TOTAL 62%
Level OPACITY
1

Level 4 LEVEL 2 OPACITY CALCULATION Level Treatment Treatment Treatment Treatment PORTIONOF WEIGHTED 3 A B C A % x TOTAL = VALUE OPACITY FACADE AREA

TREATMENT 100% 0.2 20%
Level 100% 80% 50% 100% A
2 Opacity Opacity Opacity Opacity TREATMENT
B 80% 0.3 24%

TREATMENT
C 50% 0.5 25%
Level
1 LEVEL 2 TOTAL
OPACITY 69%

1. Opacity

The following rules apply to measuring opacity:

a. Opacity of screening is calculated separately for each level of parking on each building
facade.

b. Minimum opacity is a percentage calculated as the sum of all solid areas on a parking
facade area level divided by the total parking facade area projected horizontally and
perpendicular to the facade area. Also see Sec. 14.2.13. (Opacity (%)).

c. When a parking structure level uses more than one screening treatment with varying
opacities, the opacity for the entire level is calculated as a weighted average of the
opacities of all the treatments used on the level. The opacity of each screening treatment
is weighted by the percent of the total parking screen facade area covered by that
screening treatment.

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-90 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

d. Above-grade portions of underground and ground story parking structure facade area using a green wall meeting the standards of Sec. 3C.4.2.E.3.c. (Living Wall) are considered to have an opacity of 60 percent.

2. Parking Structure Screen Openings

   a. Parking structure screen opening width is measured as the maximum horizontal dimension of the area not including the parking structure treatment required by the applied

   Development Standards District (Part 4B.). Parking structure screen opening width is measured parallel to the parking structure facade.

   b. Parking structure screen opening height is measured as the maximum vertical dimension of the area on a parking structure facade that does not include the parking structure treatment required by the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

E. Exceptions

1. Lots that have a total lot area of less than 30,000 square feet and contain parking structures where upper stories are required to comply with Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.d. (Wrapped Parking) above, may design upper story portions of parking structures to comply with the following standards rather than with Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.d. (Wrapped Parking) above:

   a. Upper story motor vehicle use areas shall comply with Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.c. (Adaptable Parking); and

b. The parking structure facades shall meet all standards specified by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

2. Lots that are required to comply with Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.c. (Adaptable Parking) above, are exempted from all Adaptable Parking standards when the standalone or integrated parking structure is existing.

3. When a project is adding floor area to an existing parking structure but does not add additional parking area, the existing parking structure is not required to comply with the standards of Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.c. (Adaptable Parking) or Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.d. (Wrapped Parking) regardless of the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.), and shall follow the standards of Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.a. (Screened Parking). 4. Projects adding additional floor area above an existing parking structure located on a lot where adaptable parking is required for applicable parking structures shall be exempt from the standards of Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.c. (Adaptable Parking) for all portions of the existing parking structure and shall comply with all of the following: a. Existing parking structures shall be improved to comply with the standards of Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.d. (Wrapped Parking) along the ground floor of the existing street-facing parking structure facades and the standards of Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.a. (Screened Parking) shall apply to the upper stories of the existing parking structure.

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-91 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.4. (Automobile Parking) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. Any interior portions of the existing parking structure dedicated to existing ramps are exempt from the standards of Sec. 4C.4.5.C.3.d. (Wrapped Parking) up until there is sufficient space to accommodate a minimum floor-to-ceiling height of nine feet beneath the ramp.

F. Relief

1. An Alternative Compliance to any parking structure design standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any parking structure design dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any parking structure design standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design) | 4-92 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.5. (Transportation Demand Management) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.5. TRANSPORTATION DEMAND MANAGEMENT

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Small Projects) is to alter travel behavior through programs of incentives, services, and policies appropriate for small projects, including encouraging the use of alternatives to single-occupancy motor vehicles such as public transit, cycling, walking, carpooling/vanpooling and changes in work-schedule that move single occupancy motor vehicle trips out of the peak period or eliminates them altogether.

B. Applicability

Small Projects transportation demand management standards apply to new construction adding

more than 25,000 square feet and less than 50,000 square feet of non-residential floor area.

C. Standards

Applicants shall provide and continually maintain in a state of good repair a bulletin board, display case, or kiosk meeting the following standards listed below and shall execute and record a covenant to the satisfaction of LADOT to ensure compliance.

1. The bulletin board, display case or kiosk display shall be located where the greatest number of

employees are likely to see it.

2. The required bulletin board, display case or kiosk display shall include, but is not limited to, the following:

   a. Current routes and schedules for public transit serving the lot;

   b. Telephone numbers for referrals on transportation information including numbers for the regional ridesharing agency and local transit operations;

   c. Ridesharing promotion material supplied by commuter-oriented organizations, if any;

   d. Regional/local bicycle route and facility information; and

   e. A listing of on-site services or facilities which are available for carpool, vanpool, bicycle, and transit riders.

D. Measurement

[None]

Sec. 4C.5.1. (Small Projects) | 4-93 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.5. (Transportation Demand Management) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to Small Project transportation demand management standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance). In addition to the findings otherwise required by Sec. 13B.2.5. (Director Determination), the Director shall find that the applicant has committed to provide equivalent alternative measures to reduce motor vehicle trips.

2. A deviation from any Small Project transportation demand management dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any Small Project transportation demand management standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.5.1. (Small Projects) | 4-94 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.5. (Transportation Demand Management) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Medium Projects) is to alter travel behavior through
programs of incentives, services, and policies appropriate for medium projects, including
encouraging the use of alternatives to single-occupancy motor vehicles such as public transit,
cycling, walking, carpooling/vanpooling and changes in work-schedule that move single-
occupancy motor vehicle trips out of the peak period or eliminates them altogether.

B. Applicability

Medium Projects transportation demand management standards apply to new construction
adding more than 50,000 square feet and less than 100,000 square feet of non-residential floor
area.

C. Standards

Applicants shall provide and continually maintain in a state of good repair the trip reduction
features listed below, and execute and record a covenant to the satisfaction of LADOT to ensure
compliance:

1. All trip reduction features required for Small Projects (Sec. 4C.5.1.);

2. A designated parking area for employee carpools and vanpools as close as practical to the
main pedestrian entrance(s) of the building(s). This area shall include at least ten percent of the
parking stalls required for the lot. The spaces shall be signed and striped sufficient to meet the
employee demand for such spaces. The carpool/vanpool parking area shall be identified on
the driveway and circulation plan upon application for a building permit;

3. One permanent, clearly identified (signed and striped) carpool/vanpool parking stall for the first
50,000 to 100,000 square feet of floor area and one additional permanent, clearly identified
(signed and striped) carpool/vanpool parking stall for any development over 100,000 square
feet of floor area;

4. Parking stalls clearly identified (signed and striped) shall be provided in the designated carpool/
vanpool parking area at any time during the building’s occupancy sufficient to meet employee
demand for such spaces. Absent such demand, parking stalls within the designated carpool/
vanpool parking area may be used by other vehicles;

5. No signed and striped parking stalls for carpool/vanpool parking shall displace any
handicapped parking;

6. A statement that preferential carpool/vanpool spaces are available on-site and a description
of the method for obtaining permission to use such spaces shall be included on the required
transportation information board;

Sec. 4C.5.2. (Medium Projects) | 4-95 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.5. (Transportation Demand Management) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

7. Additional carpool/vanpool spaces within the designated preferential area shall be signed and striped for the use of ridesharing employees based on demand for such spaces;

8. A minimum vertical clearance of seven feet two inches shall be provided for all parking stalls and accessways used by vanpool vehicles when located within a parking structure;

9. Bicycle parking shall be provided in conformance with Div. 4C.3. (Bicycle Parking).

D. Measurement

[None]

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to Medium Project transportation demand management standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance). In addition to the findings otherwise required by Sec. 13B.2.5. (Director Determination), the Director shall find that the applicant has committed to provide equivalent alternative measures to reduce motor vehicle trips.

2. A deviation from any Medium Project transportation demand management dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any Medium Project transportation demand management standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.5.2. (Medium Projects) | 4-96 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.5. (Transportation Demand Management) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Large Projects) is to alter travel behavior through
programs of incentives, services, and policies appropriate for large projects, including encouraging
the use of alternatives to single-occupancy motor vehicles such as public transit, cycling, walking,
carpooling/vanpooling and changes in work-schedule that move single-occupancy motor vehicle
trips out of the peak period or eliminates them altogether.

B. Applicability

Large Projects transportation demand management standards apply to new construction adding
more than 100,000 square feet of non-residential floor area.

C. Standards

Applicants shall provide and continually maintain in a state of good repair the following trip
reduction features list below, and shall execute and record a covenant to the satisfaction of
LADOT to ensure compliance:

1. All trip reduction features required for Small Projects (Sec. 4C.5.1.);

2. All trip reduction features required for Medium Projects (Sec. 4C.5.2.);

3. A safe and convenient area in which carpool/vanpool vehicles may load and unload
passengers other than in their assigned parking area;

4. Sidewalks or other designated passageways following direct and safe routes from the external
pedestrian circulation system to each building in the development;

5. If determined necessary by the LADOT to mitigate the project impact, bus stop improvements
shall be provided. LADOT shall consult with the local bus service providers in determining
appropriate improvements. When locating bus stops or planning building entrances, entrances
shall be designed to provide safe and efficient access to nearby passenger transit facility/stops;
and

6. Safe and convenient access from the external circulation system to bicycle parking facilities
on-site.

D. Measurement

[Reserved]

Sec. 4C.5.3. (Large Projects) | 4-97 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.5. (Transportation Demand Management) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to Large Project transportation demand management standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance). In addition to the findings otherwise required by Sec. 13B.2.5. (Director Determination), the Director shall find that the applicant has committed to provide equivalent alternative measures to reduce motor vehicle trips.

2. A deviation from any Large Project transportation demand management dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any Large Project transportation demand management standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

4. In cases of extreme hardship, duly established to its satisfaction, the City Council, acting in its legislative capacity, and by resolution, may grant an exemption from any/or all the provisions of this Section (Large Projects). In granting such an exemption, the City Council shall make the following findings:

   a. Specific features of the development make it infeasible to satisfy all of the provisions of this Section (Large Projects); and

   b. The applicant has committed to provide equivalent alternative measures to reduce motor vehicle trips.

Sec. 4C.5.3. (Large Projects) | 4-98 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.5. (Transportation Demand Management) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

LADOT shall be responsible for monitoring the owner/applicant’s continual implementation and maintenance of the project trip reduction features required by this Division (Transportation Demand Management).

Sec. 4C.5.4. (Monitoring) | 4-99 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.6. PLANTS

Provisions for protected vegetation are outlined in Chapter IV. (Public Welfare), Sec. 46.02. (Requirements for Public Works Permits to Relocate or Remove Protected Trees and Shrubs) of this Code and in Sec. 11.1.3.P. (Protected Vegetation Regulations) of this Chapter 1A.

Sec. 4C.6.1. (Protected Vegetation) | 4-100 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Required Trees) is to maintain and increase the City's
tree canopy, reduce consumption of electricity, improve air quality, promote infiltration of
stormwater runoff, offset urban heat island effect, mitigate noise pollution, sequester carbon and
support urban biodiversity.

B. Applicability

This Section (Required Trees) applies to new construction or a site modification, which involves the
removal and replacement of trees, or requires trees per the scope of the project.

C. Standards

1. Trees Required Based on Floor Area

a. One large species tree or two small species trees per Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3. (Plant Type) shall be
planted for every 4,000 square feet of total floor area constructed on a lot.

b. In meeting the requirements of this Paragraph (Trees Required Based on Floor Area),
one small species tree planted in a pedestrian amenity space or public amenity space is
permitted in lieu of two small trees. One large tree planted in a pedestrian amenity space
or public amenity space is permitted in lieu of two large trees.

2. Trees Required Based on Planting Area

a. In addition to the requirements of the Paragraph above, one large species tree or two
small species trees shall be planted for each 500 square feet of total required on-site
planting area.

b. If less than 500 square feet of on-site planting area is required, at least one large species
tree or two small species trees per Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3. (Plant Type) shall be planted on every
lot.

3. Allowable locations for Required Trees

a. Required trees shall be planted either on-site, in a common area accessible to multiple lots
from a shared pedestrian accessway, or in the abutting parkway.

b. Trees planted in the parkway require approval from the Board of Public Works or its
designee per Chapter VI. (Public Works and Property), Sec. 62.169 (Permit Required to
Plant in Streets) of this Code.

Sec. 4C.6.2. (Required Trees) | 4-101 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

4. Relationship to Other Zoning Code Standards

a. Trees provided to comply with other standards, including Sec. 4C.4.3. (Parking Area Design), Div. 4C.8. (Screening), Sec. 3C.4.2.E.2. (Ground Story Inactive Wall Treatment Options), Sec. 3C.4.2.E.3. (Foundation Inactive Wall Treatment Options), and Sec. 8.3.2.B.3. (Freeway Screening), may be counted toward compliance with the required trees standards in this Section (Required Trees). Additional trees beyond the minimum number required to comply with this Section (Required Trees), may be required to comply with other standards.

b. All required trees shall be planted in accordance with the plant design and installation
standards outlined in Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation).

D. Measurements

1. When calculating the total number of required trees results in the requirement of a fraction
of a tree, any fraction up to one-half may be disregarded and any fraction including and over
one-half shall require one additional large species tree or two additional small species trees.

2. For measuring floor area see Sec. 14.2.7. (Floor Area).

3. For large tree measurements see Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.a.ii. (Tree Types).

4. For small tree measurements see Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.a.ii. (Tree Types).

5. For measurement of caliper see Sec. 4C.6.4.D.10. (Caliper).

6. For measurement of container size see Sec. 4C.6.4.D.9. (Container Size).

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to tree planting standards may be granted in accordance with Sec.
13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A Director's Determination may be granted to plant a required tree off-site on private property
(with prior approval of the property owner) or along public streets (with the prior approval
of the Board of Public Works or its designee) within one mile of the lot of the project, or
pay an in-lieu fee in accordance with Chapter VI. (Public Works and Property), Sec. 62.177.
(Establishment of Tree Replacement and Planting In-Lieu Fee) of this Code instead of planting
a required tree. In order to approve the Director's Determination, the Director shall make the
supplemental finding that required trees cannot feasibly be planted on-site or in the abutting
parkway.

3. A deviation from any tree requirement standard may be granted as a variance in accordance
with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.6.2. (Required Trees) | 4-102 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

[Reserved]

Sec. 4C.6.3. (Streetscape) | 4-103 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Plant Design & Installation) is to provide the necessary
elements to support a healthy urban ecological system.

B. Applicability

This Section (Plant Design & Installation) applies to new construction, a site modification, or an
exterior modification.

C. Standards

1. General

a. No invasive species may be planted in the City. Any plant listed by the California Invasive
Plant Inventory maintained by the California Invasive Plant Council (Cal-IPC) as an
invasive or watch plant (including the ratings of "limited", "moderate", "high" or "watch") is
considered an invasive species.

b. Plants shall not interfere with visibility at intersections and driveways per Chapter VI. (Public
Works and Property), Sec. 62.200. (Street Intersections - Obstructions to Visibility) of this
Code.

c. No plant identified by the Los Angeles Fire Department as a prohibited flammable plant
species is allowed in a Very High Fire Hazard Severity Zone.

d. No artificial plants, trees, or other plants may be installed as required planting.

e. Required planting located on a lot identified as being within a "Targeted Planting Area"
established by the Targeted Planting Map (Sec. 1.5.5.) shall meet the requirements outlined
in the targeted planting list for the applicable planting area designation.

f. Projects with planting areas may be subject to water efficiency standards according to
Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Sec. 99.04.304. (Outdoor Water Use) or Sec. 99.05.304.
(Outdoor Water Use) of this Code.

g. Projects with planting areas may be subject to Chapter VI. (Public Works and Property),
Sec. 64.72. (Stormwater and Urban Runoff Pollution Control Measures for Development
Planning and Construction Activities) of this Code.

2. Planting Areas

A planting area is defined as an area on a lot designated and designed for plants.

a. General

i. Areas that includes structures, foundation walls, footings or flatwork shall not count
toward any planting area requirement with the following exceptions:

Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) | 4-104 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

a) Planters located within 10 feet of a building that are used to meet Chapter VI. (Public Works and Property), Sec. 64.72. (Stormwater and Urban Runoff Pollution Control Measures for Development Planning and Construction Activities) of this Code may count toward required planting area.

b) Planters located on or above a structure (examples include: roofs, terraces, bridges, balconies, and above or below ground parking structures) may count toward required planting area.

ii. Where planters are allowed to count toward planting area per this Subparagraph.

(General), planters shall not be more than four feet in height, measured from finished grade.

iii. Where planters are allowed to count toward planting area per this Subparagraph.

(General), planters located within five feet of the public right-of-way, and located entirely below the top of the ground story, shall not have drainage or weep holes facing the public right-of-way.

iv. Planting areas shall include an automatic irrigation system in compliance with Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Sec. 99.04.304. (Outdoor Water Use) of this Code.

v. Planting areas shall have no horizontal dimension less than three feet.

vi. Planting areas shall have a minimum plant coverage of 75 percent measured pursuant

to Sec. 4C.6.4.D.2. (Plant Coverage) below.

vii. All plants used to meet the minimum plant coverage standard, measured pursuant to

Sec. 4C.6.4.D.2. (Plant Coverage) below, shall meet the applicable plant type planting specification standards in Paragraph 3. (Plant Type) below. When rooftop planting area standards apply and conflict with the plant type planting specifications, rooftop planting area standards supersede.

viii. Planting areas shall cumulatively include at least the minimum number of trees as

specified in Sec. 4C.6.2.C.2. (Trees Required Based on Planting Area).

b. Rooftop Planting Areas

Rooftop planting areas are areas where plants are provided on or over a built structure, including but not limited to, a roof, a bridge, a balcony or a parking structure. Rooftop planting areas shall comply with the following standards:

i. Where rooftop planting area standards conflict with planting specifications within

Paragraph 3. (Plant Type) below, rooftop planting area standards supersede.

ii. Minimum soil depth or soil volume for required plants, is as follows:

Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) | 4-105 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

TREES OTHER PLANTS
Height at Soil Volume Soil Depth Height at Soil Depth
Maturity (min) (min) Maturity (min)
15' to 19' 220 ft3 36" <5.9" 12"
20' to 24' 400 ft3 36" 6" to 11" 18"
25' to 29' 620 ft3 42" 1' to 7' 24"
30' to 34' 900 ft3 42" 8' to 14' 30"
35' to 39' 1,200 ft3 42" 15' to 24' 36"
40' or more 1,600 ft3 48" 25' or more 42"

iii. All large species trees shall be setback from the edge of the roof a minimum of 2/3
the mature height of the tree measured perpendicularly from the edge of the roof
to the center of the tree trunk. The required setback may be reduced by an amount
equivalent to the height of a guard rail or wall that is provided along the perimeter of
the roof edge. The guard rail or wall height is measured vertically from the top of the
root flare to the topmost point of the wall or guardrail.

iv. All rooftop gardens and landscapes shall comply with Chapter V. (Public Safety and
Protection), Sec. 57.317. (Rooftop Gardens and Landscaped Roofs) of this Code.

3. Plant Type

a. Trees

i. General

a) Palms and bamboo do not count as required trees, with the exception of existing
palm trees located on a lot identified as being within a "Targeted Planting Area"
established by the Targeted Planting Map (Sec. 1.5.5.). In these "Targeted Planting
Areas", existing palms may count as a required tree provided that the specific palm
tree species meets the requirements outlined in the targeted planting list for the
applicable "Targeted Planting Area".

b) Existing trees count toward the minimum tree requirement based on tree type
pursuant to Sub-subparagraph ii. (Tree Types) below (large species or small
species), provided each tree is healthy and has a minimum one inch caliper, and
meets all other applicable standards. An existing significant tree is permitted in lieu
of two large species trees or four small species trees.

ii. Tree Types

a) Large species trees shall have a minimum height of 30 feet at maturity.

b) Small species trees shall have a height at maturity between 15 and 30 feet.

Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) | 4-106 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

iii. Planting Specifications

SURFACE PARKING LOTS & PARKWAYS ALL OTHER TREES

Class A Top Soil Class A Top Soil

2x Rootball Width 3x Rootball Width

All trees that are provided in order to comply with a standard in this Zoning Code
(Chapter 1A) and their planting holes shall meet the following standards:

a) Located within a planting area meeting Paragraph 2. (Planting Areas) above.

b) For trees located in surface parking lots and parkways, planting holes shall be a
minimum width of two times the width of the root ball.

c) For all other trees, planting holes shall be a minimum width of three times the
width of the root ball.

d) Planting holes shall be no deeper than the height of the root ball.

e) Planting holes shall be backfilled with Class A top soil or native variety.

f) Backfill soil shall be compacted to no more than 70 percent.

g) Soil beneath the root ball shall be compacted to at least 90 percent.

h) No other plants may be planted within two feet of a tree, measured from the center of the tree trunk.

i) All required trees, shall have a minimum 15 gallon container size and a minimum
caliper of one inch at the time of planting or as specified by the American Standard
for Nursery Stock.

j) Required trees planted in a parkway, per Sec. 4C.6.2.C.3. (Allowable Locations for
Required Trees), in which the sidewalk is eight feet in width or greater shall have a
minimum 36-inch box.

b. Screening Plants

i. General

a) Required screening plants shall be perennial including, shrubs, vines, succulents,
grasses and ferns.

b) Required screening plants shall have a minimum height at maturity of three feet.

Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) | 4-107 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

ii. Planting Specifications

All screening plants and their planting holes provided to meet a screening requirement

shall meet the following standards:

a) Located within a planting area meeting Paragraph 2. (Planting Areas) above.

b) Planting holes shall have a minimum width of two times the width of the root ball.

c) Planting holes shall be no deeper than the height of the root ball.

d) Planting holes shall be backfilled with Class A top soil or native variety.

Class A Top Soil

2x Rootball Width

e) Required screening plants shall have a minimum height of 18 inches at time of planting.

c. Groundcover & Turf Plants

Turf plants such as sodded or seeded grass areas provided to meet a planting requirement shall meet the following standards:

i. Located within a planting area meeting Paragraph 2. (Planting Areas) above.

ii. Minimum top soil depth of six inches.

iii. Top soil shall be Class A top soil or native variety.

Class A Top Soil

6” (min)

d. Hedges

i. General

a) Hedges include all shrubs planted closer than half of their height at maturity from another shrub or tree and all trees planted closer than half of their canopy diameter at maturity from another tree.

b) Trees planted at least three feet apart having no branches a minimum of six feet from surrounding grade are not considered a hedge and are not regulated by

maximum hedge standards.

Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) | 4-108 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

ii. Planting Specifications

Shrubs and their planting holes provided as part of a hedge shall meet the following
standards:

a) Located within a planting area meeting Paragraph 2. (Planting Areas) above.

b) Planting holes shall have a minimum width of two times the width of the root ball.

c) Planting holes shall be no deeper than the height of the root ball.

d) Planting holes shall be backfilled with Class A top soil or native variety.

Class A Top Soil

2x Rootball Width

e. Living Walls

Living walls provided to meet a requirement shall meet the following standards:

i. Permanently attached to the exterior of a building or structure.

ii. Automatic irrigation system permanently integrated into the assembly in compliance
with Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Sec 99.04.304. (Outdoor Water Use) of this
Code.

iii. Growing medium shall be permanently integrated into the assembly while retaining
the ability to remove, replace and maintain the plants and growing medium.

iv. Minimum soil depth of four inches of Class A top soil or native variety

v. Minimum 75 percent plant coverage at maturity, measured vertically.

vi. For living walls adjacent to the public right-of-way, plants shall be maintained so as
not to obstruct the public right-of-way.

f. All Other Plants

All plants, other than living walls, hedges, groundcover and turf plants, screening plants
and trees provided to meet a planting requirement shall meet the following standards:

i. Located within a planting area meeting Paragraph 2. (Planting Areas) above.

ii. Planting holes shall have a minimum width of two times the width of the root ball.

iii. Planting holes shall be no deeper than the height of the root ball.

iv. Planting holes shall be backfilled with Class A top soil or native variety.

Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) | 4-109 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

4. Maintenance

a. All required plants shall be maintained in good and healthy condition.

b. All required plants shall be allowed to reach and be maintained at no less than the
anticipated spread at maturity or canopy diameter and the anticipated height at maturity.

c. Landscape and screening areas shall be kept free of weeds and trash.

d. “Topping,” defined as removal of more than 1/3 of the leaves and branches of a tree
as measured from the lowest branch on the trunk of the tree to the top of the tree, is
prohibited, except as required by a City department, utility, or other government agency.

D. Measurement

1. Planting Area Width

Planting area width is measured as the narrowest horizontal dimension from one edge of an
area complying with Sec. 4C.6.4.C.2. (Planting Areas) above to the opposite edge.

2. Plant Coverage

Plant coverage is measured as the cumulative area of a planting area covered by plants divided
by the total planting area.

a. Trees count as plant coverage only for the portion of a planting area within two feet of a
tree, measured as a circle, centered on the trunk of the tree, with a radius of two feet.

b. All other plants count as plant coverage for 70 percent of the plant's anticipated canopy
diameter or spread at maturity pursuant to Paragraph 3. (Canopy Diameter, Spread, &
Height at Maturity) below.

3. Canopy Diameter, Spread, & Height at Maturity

Canopy diameter at maturity, spread at maturity and height at maturity shall be specified
in "Landscape Plants for California Gardens", or other locally calibrated and professionally
recognized source.

4. Soil Depth

Soil depth is measured as the shortest vertical dimension of growing medium provided, for all
portions of a planting area.

5. Soil Volume

Soil volume is measured as the total volume of growing medium provided. Drainage layers and other elements located within a container or planter that are not growing medium are not included in the calculation of soil volume.

Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) | 4-110 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

6. Root ball Depth

Depth of the root ball is measured from the root flare to the bottom of the root mass or bottom of the container.

7. Root ball Width

Width of the root ball is measured as the shortest horizontal dimension of the root mass or container from one end to the opposite end.

8. Height at Planting

   a. Height at planting is measured from the root flare.

   b. For evergreens, height at planting is measured vertically to the midpoint of the leader between the uppermost whorl (branch) and the top of the leader.

   c. For deciduous shrubs, height at planting is measured vertically to the top of the shortest of all canes.

   d. For all other plants, height at planting is measured vertically to the highest point of the plant.

9. Container Size

   a. Container size is measured in accordance with the American Standard for Nursery Stock.

   b. When a minimum container size is indicated by a standard, all equivalent or greater container sizes are also requested in accordance with American Standard for Nursery Stock container class volume ranges.

10. Caliper

    a. For fruit trees, small fruits, understock and seedling trees and shrubs, caliper measurement shall be taken at the root collar or at the other points expressly described in the applicable sections of the American Standard for Nursery Stock.

    b. Caliper for trees with multiple stems is measured as one-half the sum of the calipers of the three largest trunks. c. For all other plants, caliper measurement shall be taken six inches above the root collar.

11. Height at Maturity

    a. Height at maturity is measured from the root flare.

    b. For evergreens, height at maturity is measured vertically to the midpoint of the leader between the uppermost whorl (branch) and the top of the leader.

    c. For deciduous shrubs, height at maturity is measured vertically to the top of the shortest of all canes.

d. For all other plants, height at maturity is measured vertically to the highest point of the plant.

Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) | 4-111 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.6. (Plants) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

E. Exceptions

Plant design and installation standards do not apply to plants which are not required by this Zoning

Code (Chapter 1A).

F. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to plant design and installation standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any plant design and installation dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any plant design and installation standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation) | 4-112 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.7. (Fences & Walls) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.7. FENCES & WALLS

For fences, walls, and hedges allowed in a frontage yard, see Sec. 3C.3.2. (Frontage Yard Fences & Walls).

Sec. 4C.7.1. (Frontage Yard Fences & Walls) | 4-113 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.7. (Fences & Walls) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls) is to provide security
and privacy for private ground story uses facing side yards and rear yards in a manner appropriate
to context.

B. Applicability

This Section (Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls) applies to new construction or a site modification
involving fences and walls within the side yard or rear yard.

C. Standards

1. Side yard and rear yard fences, walls, and hedges shall be no taller than specified for the
applied Use District (Part 5B.) in the following table:

SIDE/REAR YARD FENCE, WALL HEIGHT
Use Districts Height (Max)
Open Space (OS) 8'
Agricultural (A) 8'
Residential (RG) 8'
Residential-Mixed (RX) 8'
Commercial-Mixed (CX) 8'
Industrial-Mixed (IX) 8'
Industrial (I) None*
Public (P) None*
* A Class 1 Conditional Use Permit (Sec. 13B.2.1.) is required for fences and walls exceeding
eight feet in height or the maximum height established by Sec. 4C.7.2.E.1. (Exceptions) below
where they are adjacent to a lot zoned with a Use District (Part 5B.) other than a Industrial
Use District (Div. 5B.7.), or Public Use District (Div. 5B.8.).

2. All fences and walls provided shall comply with Sec. 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design & Installation).

3. All hedges provided shall comply with Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation).

Sec. 4C.7.2. (Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls) | 4-114 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.7. (Fences & Walls) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. Where the difference in finished grade on either side of a fence or wall is less than two feet,
height is measured from finished grade at the base of the wall or fence on the side with the
highest finished grade. Finished grade on either side of a fence or wall is measured as the
highest and lowest finished grade within three feet of the fence or wall.

Top

Height

Base <2’

2. Where the difference in finished grade on either side of a fence or wall is two feet or greater, height is measured from the top of the wall or fence to the average of the finished grades on either side of the fence or wall, (referred to as the midpoint of the retaining wall in the image below). Finished grade on either side of a fence or wall is measured as the highest and lowest finished grade within three feet of the fence or wall. Top of Fence Height of Fence >2’ Midpoint of Retaining Wall 3. Fences and walls located in a rear yard or side yard adjacent to an alley are measured vertically from the nearest surface of the adjacent alley, to the topmost point of the wall or fence. Top Height Alley

Sec. 4C.7.2. (Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls) | 4-115 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.7. (Fences & Walls) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

E. Exceptions

1. Where a required frontage screen or transition screen includes a wall or fence minimum height requirement that exceeds the maximum height allowed in Subsection C. (Standards) above, the maximum fence and wall height allowed shall instead be two feet greater than the minimum fence and wall height specified by the required applicable screening standards.

2. This Section (Side/Rear Fences & Walls) does not apply to retaining walls.

F. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.7.2. (Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls) | 4-116 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.7. (Fences & Walls) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Fence/Wall Design & Installation) is to allow for needed security and privacy while preventing looming, and ensuring adequate access to light and air for abutting properties.

B. Applicability

This Section (Fence/Wall Design & Installation) applies to new construction or a site modification.

When the Fence/Wall Design & Installation standards apply, they apply to the fences, walls, or hedges on any portion of a lot.

C. Standards

1. General

   a. No wall or fence may be constructed of tires, junk, leaves or other discarded materials.

   b. Fences and walls shall not interfere with visibility at intersections and driveways pursuant to Chapter VI. (Public Works and Property), Sec. 62.200. (Street Intersections - Obstructions to Visibility) of this Code.

2. Maintenance

   Walls and fences shall be maintained in good repair and shall be kept vertical, structurally sound and protected from deterioration.

D. Measurement

[Reserved]

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to Fence/Wall Design & Installation standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any Fence/Wall Design & Installation dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any Fence/Wall Design & Installation standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design & Installation) | 4-117 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.8. SCREENING

A frontage screen is a device or combination of elements, including fences, walls, trees and other plants, along a frontage lot line that conceals, obstructs or protects the public realm from adjacent uses, activities, or site elements.

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Frontage Screens) is to mitigate negative impacts from subject uses, activities, or site elements with significant impacts on the public realm, promoting visual interest and increasing comfort for users of the public realm.

B. Applicability

Frontage screen standards apply to specified project activities when required by this Zoning Code (Chapter 1A), including, but not limited to, the applied Use District (Part 5B.), Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area), Sec. 4C.2.2.C.3. (Drive-Through Facilities), Sec. 4C.2.2.C.2. (Freight Loading Areas), Sec. 4C.4.4. (Parking Lot Design) or Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design).

C. Standards

1. General

   a. Required frontage screens shall be located between the use, area, or site element subject to screening requirements and all frontage lot lines. Any wall and planting area required by the frontage screen type shall be continuous with the following exceptions:

   i. Openings in a required frontage screen accommodating pedestrian accessways are

   allowed for a width no greater than eight feet in width for each individual pedestrian accessway. Where an opening in the frontage screen accommodates both pedestrian

   and automobile access, the maximum allowable opening width is eight feet greater than the maximum allowed driveway width. ii. Openings in a required frontage screen accommodating automobile access are allowed for a width no greater than the maximum allowed driveway width allowed by the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.). iii. For portions of frontage lot lines where a building of at least 10 feet in height is located between the frontage lot line and the use, area, or site element subject to frontage screening requirements, no wall is required as part of the frontage screen, provided that the building is contiguous with the required wall.

   b. Required frontage screens including their sub-grade elements, such as footings or foundations, shall be located entirely on-site.

Sec. 4C.8.1. (Frontage Screens) | 4-118 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c. Where there are overlapping frontage screen requirements, the screen type with the
highest minimum height of fence or wall shall apply. Where none of the required screen
types have a fence or wall requirement, the screen type with the widest required planting
area shall apply.

d. Where a required frontage screen includes a wall, the wall may only be located in the
frontage yard if the wall complies with the allowed frontage yard fence & wall standards
specified by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.). Uses, activities, or site elements subject
to frontage screening requirements shall not be located in a frontage yard if the required
minimum wall height specified by the frontage screen exceeds the maximum height of
allowed frontage yard fence & walls as specified by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

e. Where a required frontage screen includes a wall with a minimum height that exceeds the
maximum height allowed in the rear yard or side yard per Sec. 4C.7.2.C.2. (Side/Rear Yard
Fences & Walls) pursuant to Sec. 4C.7.2.E. (Exceptions), the maximum wall height standard
for side yard and rear yard fences and walls shall be two feet greater than the minimum
wall height required for the frontage screen.

f. All walls provided in a frontage screen shall comply with Sec. 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design &
Installation).

g. All plants provided in a frontage screen shall comply with Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design &
Installation).

h. Maximum wall and fence height is regulated by Sec. 4C.7.1. (Frontage Yard Fences & Walls)
and Sec. 4C.7.2. (Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls).

i. Walls provided to meet the standards of any required frontage screen shall not include
barbed wire or concertina.

j. For a lot affected by a public access easement, see Sec. 14.2.17.B.8. (Frontage Screens &
Transition Screens)

Sec. 4C.8.1. (Frontage Screens) | 4-119 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

2. Frontage Screen Types

   Frontage screen types are packages of standards for required frontage screens.

a.  F-Screen 1 b.  F-Screen 2 This screen type is intended for screening motor vehicle This screen type is intended for screening motor vehicle use areas facing a frontage lot line, including vehicle use areas including drive-through lanes, drive aisles, display areas. maneuvering areas and fire lanes facing a frontage lot line.

B
C

B
50’ 50’

Street Street
A
A

PLANTING AREA Sec. 4C.8.1.D. PLANTING AREA Sec. 4C.8.1.D. A Width (min) 3' A Width (min) 15' B Screening Plants (min per 50') 20 b Screening Plants (min per 50') 45 WALLS Sec. 4C.8.1.D. c Large Species Trees (min per 50') 3 Height No Restriction WALLS Sec. 4C.8.1.D. Opacity No Restriction Height No Restriction Opacity No Restriction

Sec. 4C.8.1. (Frontage Screens) | 4-120 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c.  F-Screen 3 d.  F-Screen 4 This screen type is intended for screening motor vehicle This screen type is intended for screening outdoor areas use areas including drive-through lanes, drive aisles, associated with moderate-impact uses facing a frontage maneuvering areas and fire lanes facing a frontage lot lot line. line.

D

D B

B C C 50’ 50’

Street Street

A A

PLANTING AREA Sec. 4C.8.1.D. PLANTING AREA Sec. 4C.8.1.D. A Width (min)* 3' A Width (min) 5' b Screening Plants (min per 50') 20 b Screening Plants (min per 50') 30 C Large Species Trees (min per 50')* 3 C Large Species Trees (min per 50') 3 WALLS Sec. 4C.8.1.D. WALLS Sec. 4C.8.1.D. D Height (min) 3.5' D Height (min) 6' Opacity Opacity Below 3.5' (min) 90 percent Below 6' (min) 100 percent 3.5' and above (max) 50 percent 6' and above (max) 50 percent

• Additional planting area may be required to accommodate large species trees.

Sec. 4C.8.1. (Frontage Screens) | 4-121 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

e.  F-Screen 5 This screen type is intended for screening outdoor areas associated with high-impact uses facing a frontage lot line.

D

B

C 50’

Street

A

PLANTING AREA Sec. 4C.8.1.D. A Width (min) 5' b Screening Plants (min per 50') 30 C Large Species Trees (min per 50') 3 WALLS Sec. 4C.8.1.D. D Height (min) 10' Opacity Below 10' (min) 100 percent 10' and above (max) 100 percent

Sec. 4C.8.1. (Frontage Screens) | 4-122 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. Planting Area

   a. Width

   For measuring planting area width see Sec. 4C.6.4.D.1. (Planting Area Width).

b. Frequency

For measuring planting frequency, for example 5 per 50', see Sec. 14.2.8. (Frequency).

c. Screening Plants

For measuring compliance with screening plant standards see Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.b. (Screening Plants).

d. Large Species Trees

For measuring compliance with large species tree standards see Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.a. (Trees).

2. Walls

   a. Height

   Frontage screen wall height is measured for the portion of the wall constructed of concrete or masonry that has a minimum thickness of eight inches and meets the

   minimum opacity specified by the frontage screen type. For measuring wall height in a rear yard or side yard, see Sec. 4C.7.2.D. (Measurement). For measuring wall height in a frontage yard see Sec. 3C.3.2.D.2. (Fence & Wall Height).

   b. Opacity

   For measuring opacity see Sec. 14.2.13. (Opacity (%)).

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to frontage screen standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any frontage screen dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any frontage screen standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.8.1. (Frontage Screens) | 4-123 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A transition screen is defined as a device or combination of elements along a common lot line that conceals, obstructs or protects abutting lots from impactful uses, activities, or site elements.

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Transition Screens) is to mitigate negative impacts from subject uses, activities, or site elements on adjacent uses, promoting visual interest and increasing comfort for users of the subject lot, the public realm and adjacent lots.

B. Applicability

Transition screen standards apply to specified project activities when required by this Zoning Code (Chapter 1A), including, but not limited to, the applied Use District (Part 5B.), Sec. 4C.2.2. (Motor Vehicle Use Area), Sec. 4C.2.2.C.3. (Drive-Through Facilities), Sec. 4C.2.2.C.2. (Freight Loading Areas), Sec. 4C.4.4. (Parking Lot Design), Sec. 4C.4.5. (Parking Structure Design), Sec. 4C.8.2.C.2.a. (Freeway Screening), or Sec. 8.3.2.B.3. (Freeway Screening).

C. Standards

1. General

   a. Required transition screens shall be located between the use, area, or site element subject to screening requirements and all common lot lines. Any walls and planting areas required by the transition screen shall be continuous with the following exceptions:

   i. Openings in a required transition screen accommodating pedestrian accessways are

   allowed for a width no greater than six feet in width for each individual pedestrian accessway.

   ii. For portions of common lot lines where a building of no less that 10 feet in height is

   located between the common lot line and the use, area, or site element subject to transition screen requirements, no wall is required as part of the transition screen, provided that the building is contiguous with the required wall.

   b. Required transition screens including their sub-grade elements, such as footings or foundations, shall be located entirely on-site.

   c. Where there are overlapping transition screen requirements, the screen with the highest minimum height wall shall apply. Where none of the required transition screens have a fence or wall requirement, the transition screen with the widest required planting area shall apply.

   d. Where a required transition screen includes a wall, the wall may only be located in the frontage yard if the wall complies with the allowed frontage yard fence & wall standards specified by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.). Uses, activities, or site elements subject

Sec. 4C.8.2. (Transition Screens) | 4-124 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

to screening requirements shall not be located in a frontage yard if the required minimum
wall height specified by the transition screen exceeds the maximum height of allowed
frontage yard fence & walls as specified by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

e. Where a required transition screen includes a wall with a minimum height requirement that
exceeds the maximum height allowed in the rear yard or side yard per Sec. 4C.7.2. (Side/
Rear Yard Fences & Walls), pursuant to Sec. 4C.7.2.E. (Exception) the maximum wall height
standard for Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls shall be two feet greater than the minimum
wall height required for the transition screen.

f. All walls provided in a transition screen shall comply with Sec. 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design &
Installation).

g. All plants provided in a transition screen shall comply with Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design &
Installation).

h. Maximum wall and fence height is regulated by Sec. 4C.7.1. (Frontage Yard Fences & Walls)
and Sec. 4C.7.2. (Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls).

i. Walls provided to meet the standards of any required transition screen shall not include
barbed wire or concertina.

j. For a lot affected by a public access easement, see Sec. 14.2.17.B.8. (Frontage Screens &
Transition Screens).

2. Freeway Screening

a. Lots abutting a Freeway (FWY) Special Zone (Sec. 8.3.2.) shall provide a T-Screen 3
(4C.8.2.C.3.c.) for the entire length of any lot line abutting a Freeway (FWY) Special Zone.

b. On lots with an applied Freeway (FWY) Special Zones (Sec. 8.3.2.), transition screens shall
be provided as according to Sec. 8.3.2.B.3. (Freeway Screening).

Sec. 4C.8.2. (Transition Screens) | 4-125 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Transition Screen Types

a.  T-Screen 1 b.  T-Screen 2 This transition screen type is intended for screening This transition screen type is intended for screening moderate-impact uses from abutting lower-intensity high-impact uses from lower-intensity abutting uses. uses.

CC

B
B
Abutting Abutting
Property Property

A A

PLANTING AREA Sec. 4C.8.2.D. PLANTING AREA Sec. 4C.8.2.D. A Width (min) 5' A Width (min) 5' B Large Species Trees (min per 50') 3 B Large Species Trees (min per 50') 3 WALLS Sec. 4C.8.2.D. WALLS Sec. 4C.8.2.D. C Height (min) 6' C Height (min) 10' Opacity Opacity Below 6' (min) 100 percent Below 10' (min) 100 percent 6' and above (max) 50 percent 10' and above (max) 100 percent

Sec. 4C.8.2. (Transition Screens) | 4-126 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c.  T-Screen 3 This transition screen type is intended for screening uses from adjacent sources of noise pollution and particulate air pollution such as freeways.

B

C 50’

Freeway A

PLANTING AREA Sec. 4C.8.2.D. A Width (min) 5' B Screening Plants (min per 50') 30 C Large Species Trees (min per 50') 3 WALLS Sec. 4C.8.2.D. Height (min) No Restriction

Sec. 4C.8.2. (Transition Screens) | 4-127 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. Planting Area

   a. Width

For measuring planting area width see Sec. 4C.6.4.D.1. (Planting Area Width).

b. Frequency

For measuring planting frequency, for example 5 per 50', see Sec. 14.2.8. (Frequency).

c. Screening Plants

For measuring compliance with screening plant standards see Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.b. (Screening Plants).

d. Large Species Trees

For measuring compliance with large species tree standards see Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.a. (Trees).

2. Walls

   a. Height

   Transition screen wall height is measured for the portion of the wall constructed of concrete or masonry that has a minimum thickness of eight inches and meets the

   minimum opacity specified by the transition screen type pursuant to Sec. 4C.8.2.C.3. (Transition Screen Types) above. For measuring wall height in a rear yard or side yard, see Sec. 4C.7.2.D. (Measurement). For measuring wall height in a frontage yard see Sec. 3C.3.2.D.2. (Fence & Wall Height).

   b. Opacity

   For measuring opacity see Sec. 14.2.13. (Opacity (%)).

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to transition screen standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any transition screen dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any transition screen standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.8.2. (Transition Screens) | 4-128 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Outdoor storage screening is defined as fences or walls surrounding outdoor storage areas in which goods, material, and equipment, new or used, are held outside of a building for future use

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Outdoor Storage Screening) is to ensure storage,
outdoor areas are designed in a manner that conceals, obstructs or protects abutting lots from
impactful activities associated with storage, outdoor.

B. Applicability

Outdoor storage screening standards apply to new construction or a site modification when
required by an applied Use District (Part 5B.).

C. Standards

1. Location

Storage, outdoor and its screening enclosure shall not be located in any of the following
locations:

a. In a frontage yard.

b. Closer to any frontage lot line than the frontage lot line setback listed in the applicable
outdoor storage screening type pursuant to Paragraph 3. (Outdoor Storage Screening
Types) below.

2. Screening Enclosure

a. Storage, outdoor areas shall be screened with the outdoor storage screening type
specified by the applied Use District (Part 5B.).

b. Gates provided in the screening structure shall meet the standards of the applicable
outdoor storage screening type pursuant to Paragraph 3. (Outdoor Storage Screening
Types) below in addition to the following standards:

i. Shall have a height of no less than the minimum required fence or wall height.

ii. Where a screening structure is taller than the minimum height, gates shall be no more
than one foot shorter than the height of the wall or fence provided.

iii. In no case shall gates exceed the height of the screening structure by more than one
foot.

c. No material or equipment shall be stored to a height greater than the height of the
enclosing wall or fence.

d. All provided fences and walls shall comply with Sec 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design and
Installation).

Sec. 4C.8.3. (Outdoor Storage Screening) | 4-129 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Outdoor Storage Screening Types

a.  S-Screen 1 b.  S-Screen 2 Applicable as required by Article 5. (Use). Applicable as required by Article 5. (Use).

A A

B

B

SITING Sec. 4C.8.3.D. SITING Sec. 4C.8.3.D. Frontage lot line setback (min) 60' Frontage lot line setback (min) No Restriction Area (max) 3000 SF Area (max) No Restriction FENCES & WALLS Sec. 4C.8.3.D. FENCES & WALLS Sec. 4C.8.3.D. A Enclosure (min) 100 percent A Enclosure (min) 100 percent B Height (min) 6' B Height (min) 6' Opacity (min) 90 percent Opacity (min) 90 percent

Sec. 4C.8.3. (Outdoor Storage Screening) | 4-130 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.8. (Screening) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. Siting

   a. For frontage yard designation, see Sec. 14.2.16.C.1. (Frontage Yard).

   b. Frontage lot line setbacks are measured perpendicular from all frontage lot lines toward the interior of the lot

   c. For lot line designation, see Sec. 14.2.12. (Lot Line Determination).

   d. For measurement of storage, outdoor space area, the area of storage, outdoor space is measured as all portions of a lot used for storage, outdoor uses and enclosed by a screening structure. The area does not include the screening structure.

2. Fences & Walls

   a. For measurement of an enclosure, see Sec. 14.2.4. (Enclosure).

   b. For measurement of fence or wall height in a rear yard or side yard, see Sec. 4C.7.2.D. (Measurement). c. For measurement of fence or wall height in a frontage yard, see Sec. 3C.3.2.D.2. (Fence & Wall Height)

   d. For measurement of opacity, see Sec. 14.2.13. (Opacity (%)).

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to outdoor storage screening standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any outdoor storage screening type dimensional standard of 15 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. Deviation from any outdoor storage standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.8.3. (Outdoor Storage Screening) | 4-131 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.9. (Grading & Retaining Walls) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.9. GRADING & RETAINING WALLS

[Reserved]

Sec. 4C.9.1. (Grading & Hauling) | 4-132 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.9. (Grading & Retaining Walls) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A retaining wall is defined as a freestanding continuous structure, as viewed from the top, intended to support earth, which is not attached to a building.

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Retaining Walls) is to prevent retaining walls which
loom over neighboring properties and public right-of-ways in Hillside Areas and improve the
aesthetic quality of large retaining walls.

B. Applicability

Retaining wall standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, or a
use modification, on a lot that is designated with an Agricultural or Residential Use District, is also
located within a Hillside Area, and is developed or to be developed with dwelling units.

C. Standards

1. General

A maximum of one free-standing vertical or approximately vertical retaining wall may be built
on any lot with a maximum height of 12 feet. However, as shown in the diagram below, a
maximum of two vertical or approximately vertical retaining walls or portions of a retaining
wall can be built if they comply with all of the following standards:

a. The minimum horizontal distance between the two retaining walls is three feet,

b. Neither of the two retaining walls exceed a height of 10 feet, and

c. In no case shall the height of a retaining wall located in a yard exceed the maximum height
specified by the frontage yard fence & wall type allowed in the applied Frontage District
(Part 3B.), except as allowed in Sec. 4C.7.2. (Side/Rear Yard Fences & Walls).

WALL 2 3’
(min)

10’
WALL 1 (max)

Wall May Be Structurally
Connected or Not

2. Landscaping

All retaining walls of eight feet or greater in height shall be landscaped so as to be completely
hidden from view and in accordance with any plant standards in Div. 4C.6. (Plants), and fences
and wall standards in Div. 4C.7. (Fences & Walls).

Sec. 4C.9.2. (Retaining Walls) | 4-133 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.9. (Grading & Retaining Walls) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

The height of retaining walls is measured from the top of the wall to the lower side of the adjacent ground elevation.

E. Exceptions

1. Exception for Public Agency Projects

This Section (Retaining Walls) does not apply to projects undertaken by a public agency.

2. Exception for Retaining Walls Required by Building and Safety

The provisions of this Section (Retaining Walls) do not apply to any retaining wall built to comply with an order issued by the Department of Building and Safety to repair an unsafe or substandard condition.

3. Exception for Retaining Walls Approved Prior to March 9th, 2005

See Sec. 12.4.1. (Retaining Walls Exceptions) for exceptions to the standards in this Section (Retaining Walls) for retaining walls approved prior to March 9th, 2005.

F. Relief

1. The Zoning Administrator may approve retaining walls that exceed the heights or the

maximum number allowed in this Section (Retaining Walls) pursuant to Sec. 13B.2.1. (Class 1 Conditional Use Permit).

2. A deviation from any retaining walls standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.9.2. (Retaining Walls) | 4-134 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.10. (Outdoor Lighting & Glare) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.10. OUTDOOR LIGHTING & GLARE

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Outdoor Lighting) is to minimize light trespass and
provide lighting standards to support a variety of environments.

B. Applicability

This Section (Outdoor Lighting) applies to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification,
an exterior modification, or a use modification. When the outdoor lighting standards apply, they
apply to the installation or alteration of new and existing outdoor lighting, including exterior
luminaires, new and existing luminaires located within parking structures, and new and existing
illuminated signs.

C. Standards

1. Light Trespass

a. Outdoor luminaires that have the ability to be redirected, shall be directed away from
adjoining lots to minimize light trespass.

b. No person shall construct, establish, create, or maintain any stationary exterior light source
that may cause light trespass onto adjoining lots exceeding the following amounts:

i. From any lot onto a lot with an applied Residential Use District (Div. 5B.3.) or
Residential-Mixed Use District (Div. 5B.4.), the maximum allowable light trespass shall
be 0.5 footcandles (5.38 lux).

ii. From any lot onto a lot with an applied Use District (Part 5B.) other than a Residential
Use District (Div. 5B.3.) or Residential-Mixed Use District (Div. 5B.4.), the maximum
allowable light trespass shall be one footcandle (10.76 lux).

c. The owner of a lot with any existing light source shall bring such light source into
compliance with this Section (Outdoor Lighting) upon receipt of written notice from the
Department of Building and Safety.

2. Lighting Quantity

a. All parking areas and garages provided for three or more dwelling units shall have an
average horizontal illuminance of at least 0.2 footcandles (2.15 lux), measured from the
finished surface of the parking area.

b. Any lot abutting a special river lot line according to Sec. 14.2.12.C.3. (Special Lot Line) must
meet the additional standards below:

Sec. 4C.10.1. (Outdoor Lighting) | 4-135 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.10. (Outdoor Lighting & Glare) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

i. All site and building mounted lighting shall be designed such that it produces a maximum initial luminance value no greater than 0.20 horizontal and vertical footcandles (2.15 lux) at the lot boundary and no greater than 0.01 horizontal footcandles (0.11 lux) 15 feet beyond the lot.

ii. All low pressure sodium, high pressure sodium, metal halide, fluorescent, quartz,
incandescent greater than 60 watts, mercury vapor, and halogen lighting shall be in a
fully shielded luminaire.

3. Pedestrian-Oriented Lighting

The walking surface of spaces required to install pedestrian-oriented lighting shall be
illuminated to the following standards:

a. A minimum average horizontal illuminance of 0.75 footcandles.

b. A uniformity ratio of 3:1.

c. Luminaires shall be mounted no more than 15 feet above the walking surface.

D. Measurement

A footcandle is a unit of illuminance. One footcandle is equivalent to one lumen per square foot
and shall be measured using a light meter.

E. Relief

A deviation from any lighting standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec.
13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.10.1. (Outdoor Lighting) | 4-136 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.10. (Outdoor Lighting & Glare) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Glare) is to prevent the generation of high levels of glare and reflected heat resulting in detrimental effects on surrounding properties and the public realm.

B. Applicability

This Section (Glare) applies to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, or a use modification involving the installation or alteration of building materials on a building facade.

C. Standards

Buildings shall not use materials with an external reflectance rating of 30 percent or greater.

D. Measurement

External reflectance values are based on spectrophotometric measurements and energy distribution of solar radiation, and shall be measured according to the listed specifications for each glass product.

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to any glare standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any glare standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.10.2. (Glare) | 4-137 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.11. SIGNS

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Division (Signs) is to promote public safety and welfare by regulating signs in keeping with the following objectives:

1. That the design, construction, installation, repair and maintenance of signs will not interfere with traffic safety or otherwise endanger public safety.

2. That the regulations will provide reasonable protection to the visual environment by controlling the size, height, spacing and location of signs.

3. That both the public and sign users will benefit from signs having improved legibility, readability and visibility.

4. That consideration will be given to equalizing the opportunity for messages to be displayed.

5. That adequacy of message opportunity will be available to sign users without dominating the visual appearance of the area.

6. That the regulations will conform to judicial decisions, thereby limiting costly litigation and facilitating enforcement of these regulations.

B. Applicability

General sign rules standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, an exterior modification, or a use modification. When general sign rules standards apply, the standards apply to exterior signs, window signs or sign support structures, which are not located entirely in the public right-of-way.

C. Standards

1. Ideological, Political, and Non-Commercial Messages

No provision of this Division (Signs) prohibits an ideological, political or other non-commercial message on a sign otherwise permitted by this Division (Signs).

2. Sign Height

A sign shall not be located at a height that exceeds the building height limit specified by the applied Form District (Part 2B.).

3. Sign Illumination Limitations

No sign shall be arranged and illuminated in a manner that will produce a light intensity of greater than 3.0 footcandles above ambient lighting, as measured at the property line. Sign illumination shall also comply with any applicable provisions from Sec. 4C.10.1. (Outdoor Lighting).

Sec. 4C.11.1. (General Sign Rules) | 4-138 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

4. Maintenance

   a. Appearance

Every sign shall be maintained in a clean, safe and good working condition, including the replacement of defective parts, defaced or broken faces, lighting and other acts required for the maintenance of the sign. Display surfaces shall be kept neatly painted or posted at all times.

b. Debris Removal

The base of any sign erected on the ground shall be kept clear of weeds, rubbish or other
combustible material at all times.

c. Abandoned Signs

Ninety days after the cessation of a business activity, service or product, the related signs
shall be removed, or the face of the signs removed and replaced with blank panels, or be
painted out.

5. Hazard To Traffic

a. Prohibition

No sign or sign support structure shall be erected, constructed, painted or maintained, and
no permit shall be issued, if the sign or sign support structure, because of its location, size,
nature or type, constitutes a hazard to the safe and efficient operation of vehicles upon a
street or a freeway, or creates a condition that endangers the safety of persons or property.

b. Hazard Referral

The Department of Building and Safety will refer the following to LADOT for hazard
evaluation and determination prior to the issuance of a building permit:

i. All permit applications for signs that will be visible from and are located within 500 feet
of the main traveled roadway of a freeway; and

ii. All other permit applications and any signs that are determined by the Department of
Building and Safety to have a potential for hazard.

c. Hazard Determination

LADOT will return to the Department of Building and Safety each application given to it
together with a statement of its determination. If LADOT determines that the sign or sign
support structure will constitute a hazard, the Department of Building and Safety shall deny
the application for permit.

Sec. 4C.11.1. (General Sign Rules) | 4-139 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

6. Freeway Exposure

a. No person shall erect, construct, install, paint or maintain, and no building or electrical permit can be issued for, any sign or sign support structure within 2,000 feet of a freeway unless the Department of Building and Safety has determined that the sign will not be viewed primarily from a main traveled roadway of a freeway or an on-ramp/off-ramp.

b. The phrase "viewed primarily from" means that the message may be seen with reasonable clarity for a greater distance by a person traveling on the main traveled roadway of a freeway or on-ramp/off-ramp than by a person traveling on the street adjacent to the sign.

7. Sign Permit Priority Status

   a. To maintain location, area, frontage, or spacing status, signs shall be installed within six months of issuance of a building permit and prior to expiration of any permit extension granted by the Department of Building and Safety.

   b. When more than one permit is issued for a sign or signs on a lot and the more recently issued permit or permits cause such sign or signs to violate this Division (Signs), the more recently issued permit or permits are invalid and are subject to revocation. Any prior issued permits remain valid provided that such permits were issued in compliance with this Division (Signs).

8. Prohibited Signs

   Signs are prohibited if they:

   a. Contain obscene matters, as defined in California Penal Code, Part 1. (of Crimes and Punishments), Sec. 311. (Obscene Matter).

   b. Contain or consist of posters, pennants, banners, ribbons, streamers or spinners, except as permitted in Sec. 4C.11.2. (Temporary Signs). c. Contain flashing, mechanical and strobe lights in conflict with the provisions of Chapter VIII. (Traffic), Sec. 80.08.4. (Flashing Lights – Interference With Traffic Signals) or Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Sec. 93.0107. (Distracting, Confusing or Nuisance Lighting Viewed From Public Streets, Highways or Other Public Thoroughfares Used by Vehicular Traffic) of this Code.

   d. Are revolving and where all or any portion rotate at greater than six revolutions per minute.

   e. Are tacked, pasted or otherwise temporarily affixed on the walls of buildings, barns, sheds, trees, poles, posts or fences, except as permitted in Sec. 4C.11.2. (Temporary Signs).

   f. Are affixed to any vehicle or trailer on private property if the vehicle or trailer is not

   intended to be otherwise used in the business and the sole purpose of attaching the sign to the vehicle or trailer is to attract people to a place of business.

   g. Emit audible sounds, odor or visible matter.

Sec. 4C.11.1. (General Sign Rules) | 4-140 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

h. Use human beings, live animals, animated figures, motion pictures or projectors or any
other means that causes continuous motion in connection with any sign.

i. Are supergraphic signs, except where supergraphic signs are specifically permitted
pursuant to a legally-adopted Specific Plan, a Supplemental District, an approved
development agreement or a Sign District (Sec. 8.2.3.). In addition, despite the provisions
of Sec. 13B.10.1.B.2. (Vesting of Development Plan), this prohibition does not apply to any
building permit issued prior to August 14, 2009 if the Department of Building and Safety
determines that both substantial liabilities have been incurred, and substantial work has
been performed on-site, in accordance with the terms of that permit pursuant to Chapter
IX. (Building Regulations), Sec. 91.106.4.3.1. (Limit of Authorization) of this Code.

j. Are off-site signs, including off-site digital displays, except when off-site signs are
specifically permitted pursuant to a relocation agreement entered into pursuant to
California Business and Professions Code, Div. 3. (Professions and Vocations Generally),
Sec. 5412. (Regulations). This prohibition also applies to alterations, enlargements or
conversions to digital displays of legally existing off-site signs, except for alterations
that conform to the provisions of LAMC Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Sec. 91.6216.
(Existing Signs) and all other requirements of this Code. This prohibition does not apply
to off-site signs, including off-site digital displays, that are specifically permitted pursuant
to a legally-adopted Specific Plan, a Supplemental District, an approved development
agreement or a Sign District. In addition, despite the provisions of Sec. 13B.10.1.B.2.
(Vesting of Development Plan), this prohibition does not apply to any building permit
issued prior to August 14, 2009 if the Department of Building and Safety determines that
both substantial liabilities have been incurred, and substantial work has been performed
on-site, in accordance with the terms of that permit pursuant to Chapter IX. (Building
Regulations), Sec. 91.106.4.3.1. (Limit of Authorization) of this Code.

k. Are inflatable devices, except where inflatable devices are specifically permitted pursuant
to a legally-adopted Specific Plan (Div. 8.1.), a Supplemental District (Div. 8.2.), or an
approved development agreement.

9. Prohibited Locations

a. No sign or sign support structure shall project into any public alley, except that a sign or
sign support structure above a height of 14 feet may project no more than six inches into a
public alley.

b. No sign or sign support structure shall be located less than six feet horizontally or 12 feet
vertically from overhead electrical conductors energized in excess of 750 volts. As used
here, the term overhead electrical conductors means any electrical conductor, either bare
or insulated, installed above-ground, except electrical conductors that are surrounded in
iron pipe or other material covering of equal strength. Arcs of six-foot radius may be used
to define corners of the prohibition area.

Sec. 4C.11.1. (General Sign Rules) | 4-141 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c. No sign or sign support structure shall be erected in a visibility triangle as defined by Chapter VI. (Public Works and Property), Sec. 62.200. (Street Intersections - Obstructions to Visibility) of this Code.

d. No sign or sign support structure shall be located within two feet of the curb or edge of any roadway.

10. Temporary Signs

    For additional standards applicable to temporary signs, see Sec. 4C.11.2. (Temporary Signs).

11. Off-site Signs

For additional standards applicable to off-site signs, see Sec. 4C.11.3. (Off-Site Signs).

12. On-Site Signs

For additional standards applicable to on-site signs, see Sec. 4C.11.4. (On-Site Signs).

D. Measurement

For the measurement of footcandle, see Sec. 4C.10.1.D. (Measurement).

E. Exceptions

1. General

A sign, having no sign face visible from any public or private right-of-way, that is fully surrounded on all sides by permanent, opaque architectural features on the project lot, including building walls, freestanding walls, roofs, or overhangs, is not subject to the requirements of this Division (Signs) except for the general brightness limitation set forth in Sec. 4C.11.1.C.3. (Sign Illumination Limitations).

2. Wall Signs

   Wall signs in compliance with all of the standards below are exempt from the limitations in Sec. 4C.11.1.C.6. (Freeway Exposure).

   a. The total area of all wall signs on a building shall not exceed 100 square feet.

   b. An individual wall sign shall not exceed 50 square feet in area.

   c. Wall signs that can be viewed primarily from an off ramp and not from the main traveled

   roadway of a freeway.

   d. Wall signs shall not have moving parts or any arrangement of lights that create the illusion of movement.

Sec. 4C.11.1. (General Sign Rules) | 4-142 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Original Art Murals, Vintage Original Art Murals & Public Art Installations

   a. General

   i. A building permit from the Department of Building and Safety is required for the

   necessary physical alterations to a building or other structures due to a new hand-tiled or digitally printed original art mural or any public art installation that may require a building permit.

   b. Original Art Mural

   An original art mural is a one-of-a-kind, hand-painted, hand-tiled, or digitally printed image on the exterior wall of a building that does not contain any commercial message.

   i. An original art mural that conforms to the requirements of Sec. 22.119. (Original Art

   Murals on Private Property) of the LAAC is not considered a sign and is not subject to the provisions of this Division (Signs) or any other ordinance that regulates signs.

   ii. Any supposed "mural" that does not conform to the requirements of Sec. 22.119.

   (Original Art Murals on Private Property) of the LAAC is considered a sign and is subject to the provisions of this Division (Signs) or any other ordinance that regulates signs and digital displays.

   c. Vintage Original Art Mural

A vintage original art mural is an original art mural that existed prior to October 12, 2013 (the operative date of Ord. No. 182,706).

i. A vintage original art mural that conforms to the requirements of Sec. 22.119.(c)

(Grandfathering of Vintage Original Art Murals) of the LAAC is not considered a sign

and is not subject to the provisions of this Division (Signs) or any other ordinance that regulates signs.

d. Public Art Installation

A public art installation is a facility, amenity or project that does not contain any commercial message and which is either an "approved public arts project" as defined by Sec. 19.85.4. (Direct Expenditure on Approved Public Arts Projects) of the LAAC or approved pursuant to Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Sec. 91.107.4.6. (Arts Development Fee) of this Code.

i. A public art installation registered pursuant to the requirements of Sec. 19.85.4. (Direct

Expenditure on Approved Public Arts Projects) of the LAAC or the requirements of Chapter IX. (Building Regulations), Sec. 91.107.4.6 (Arts Development Fee) of this

Code is not considered a sign, but is subject to Sec. 4C.11.1.C.3. (Sign Illumination Limitations) and any other applicable zoning and land use regulations set forth in the LAMC.

Sec. 4C.11.1. (General Sign Rules) | 4-143 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

4. Existing Nonconforming Signs

See Sec. 12.4.2. (Signs Exceptions).

F. Relief

1. A deviation from any sign dimensional standard of 15 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

2. Deviation from any sign standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.11.1. (General Sign Rules) | 4-144 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A temporary sign is any sign that is to be maintained for a limited duration, including paper signs, posters, pennants, banners, ribbons, streamers, spinners, and other signs that are not permanently affixed to the ground or building.

A. Intent

See Sec. 4C.11.1.A. (Intent).

B. Applicability

Temporary sign standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, an exterior modification, or a use modification. All temporary signs and sign support structures not located entirely in the public right-of-way shall conform to the requirements of this Division (Signs) and all other applicable provisions of this Zoning Code (Chapter 1A).

C. Standards

1. Permit Required

   a. A building permit is required for a temporary sign, pennant, banner, ribbon, streamer or spinner. The permit application shall specify the dates being requested for authorized installation and the proposed location.

   b. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Zoning Code (Chapter 1A), a building permit shall be required for a temporary sign, other than one that contains a political, ideological or other non-commercial message. The permit application shall specify the dates being requested for authorized installation and the proposed location.

2. General

Temporary signs may display only on-site or non-commercial messages.

3. Temporary Signs

   a. Location

   Temporary signs may, including those that do not require a building permit, be tacked, pasted or otherwise temporarily affixed to windows or on the walls of buildings, barns, sheds or fences.

   b. Area

   i. The combined sign area of temporary signs shall not exceed 10 square feet in an

   Agricultural Use District (Div. 5B.2.) or Residential Use District (5B.3.), or two square feet for each foot of street frontage in all other Use Districts (Part 5B.). Square footage for

   temporary signs shall not be counted toward the total sign area allocation from the Sign Packages (Sec. 4C.11.5.).

Sec. 4C.11.2. (Temporary Signs) | 4-145 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

ii. The combined sign area of temporary signs, when placed upon a window and any

other window signs shall not exceed a maximum of 10 percent of the window area.

c. Construction

Temporary signs may be made of paper or any other material. If the temporary sign is made of cloth, it shall be flame-proofed when the aggregate area exceeds 100 square feet. Every temporary cloth sign shall be supported and attached with stranded cable of 1/16- inch minimum diameter or by other methods as approved by the Department of Building and Safety.

d. Time Limit

i. Temporary signs that require a permit shall be removed within 30 days of installation

and shall not be reinstalled for a period of 30 days of the date of removal of the previous sign. The installation of temporary signs shall not exceed a total of 90 days in any calendar year.

ii. Temporary signs that do not require a permit shall be removed within 30 days of the

date of installation of the sign.

D. Measurement

[Reserved]

E. Relief

1. A deviation from any temporary sign dimensional standard of 15 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

2. Deviation from any temporary sign standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.11.2. (Temporary Signs) | 4-146 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

An off-site sign is defined as a sign that displays any message directing attention to a business, product, service, profession, commodity, activity, event, person, institution, or any other commercial message, which is generally conducted, sold, manufactured, produced, offered or occurs elsewhere than on the premises where the sign is located.

A. Intent

See Sec. 4C.11.1.A. (Intent).

B. Applicability

Off-site signs standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, or a use modification. All exterior off-site signs, including window signs, and sign support structures not located entirely in the public right-of-way shall conform to the requirements of this Section (Off- Site Signs) and all other applicable provisions of this Zoning Code (Chapter 1A).

C. Standards

1. Location

   a. No portion of an off-site sign with a sign area greater than 80 square feet shall be placed within 200 feet of a lot or a property with an applied Residential Use District (Div. 5B.3.), which is located on the same side of the same street as the lot on which the sign is placed. However, where a lot has two or more street frontages, a sign may be located on that street frontage, which is not on the same street as the lot or property zoned with a Residential Use District (Div. 5B.3.); provided the sign and sign support structure are placed in that half of the lot that is the farthest from the street frontage on which the lot is located.

   b. No portion of an off-site sign or sign support structure can be located in that half of a lot located farthest from the street frontage when a lot or a property zoned with a Residential Use District (Div. 5B.3.) is located to the rear of that street frontage.

   c. Off-site signs are not permitted along that portion of a lot having a street frontage of less than 50 feet.

   d. No more than four off-site signs can be located at the intersection of two or more streets when the off-site signs are located within 150 feet of the intersection of two street frontages.

   e. An off-site sign face shall not be located within one foot of a side lot line.

2. Area

The sign area of a single sign face shall not exceed 800 square feet.

Sec. 4C.11.3. (Off-Site Signs) | 4-147 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Height

a. The height to the top of the off-site sign is limited to a maximum of 42 feet above the sidewalk grade or edge of roadway grade nearest the sign, except that a sign that is more than 80 percent above a roof of a building may extend to the top of the sign a maximum of 30 feet above the surface of the roof under the sign.

b. In no event can the height to the top of the off-site sign exceed a height greater than
that height specified in the applied Form District (Part 2B.) in which the sign is located, or
a height of 60 feet above the sidewalk grade or edge of roadway grade nearest the sign,
whichever is more restrictive.

c. The bottom of the off-site sign shall be at least eight feet above the sidewalk grade or
edge of roadway grade nearest the sign.

4. Spacing

An off-site sign, which is either single-faced or parallel double-faced, shall be spaced as
specified below from any other existing or previously permitted off-site sign, which is single-
faced or parallel double-faced.

SPACING REQUIREMENTS BETWEEN OFF-SITE SIGNS
Proposed Sign by Sign Area Existing or Permitted Sign by
Sign Area <80 SF 80 - 300 SF >300 SF
<80 SF 100' 100' 200'
80 - 300 SF 100' 300' 300'
>300 SF 200' 300' 600'

5. Double-Faced Off-site Signs

a. Off-site signs may be either single or double-faced.

b. For double-faced off-site signs whose faces are parallel, the distance between sign faces
cannot exceed six feet.

c. For double-faced off-site signs whose faces are not parallel, the distance between sign
faces at their widest point cannot exceed 35 feet. The separation of sign faces at their
closest point cannot exceed six feet. In no event can the angle between sign faces exceed
37 degrees.

6. Projection

Off-site signs shall not project over the public right-of-way.

7. Covering

The backs of off-site signs exposed to public view shall be covered with a finished surface or
material and shall be properly maintained.

Sec. 4C.11.3. (Off-Site Signs) | 4-148 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

8. Other Requirements

   a. A maximum of two poles are permitted for any off-site sign. The maximum cross-sectional dimension of a pole cannot exceed 10 percent of the overall height of the sign.

   b. Off-site sign supports shall be structurally independent of a building.

   c. Sign support structures shall be located directly under the sign face as viewed from the front of the sign. The maximum horizontal distance between the center of the sign support structure and the sign face shall not exceed 10 feet.

   D. Measurement

   1. Lots with Multiple Street Frontages

   If a lot is a corner lot or any other lot with two or more street lot lines, the following rules for
   the determination of which street an off-site sign is located on shall apply:

   a. For the purposes of this Subsection D. (Measurement) and Sec. 4C.11.3.C.2. (Area), an off-
   site sign shall be considered to be on a single street, if the sign and its support structure
   are located entirely on the side of the bisecting line closest to that street and the sign
   face is placed at the same angle as the perpendicular line or at an angle not to exceed 20
   degrees from either side of the perpendicular line.

   Perpendicular Line
   90º

   Street
   B
   Bisecting Line EqualAngles 20º (max) 20º (max)
   Both Signs are
   on Street A

   StreetA
   90º

   90º

   StreetA

   Beyond 20º 90º
   Sign on Street A
   and Street B B

C 20º (max) Street Sign on Street A and Street B Street

b. An off-site sign located on a through lot shall be located on a single street if the sign and its support structure are located entirely on that half of the lot closest to the lot line adjoining that street.

Sec. 4C.11.3. (Off-Site Signs) | 4-149 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c. Any off-site sign not in conformance with either Subparagraph a. or Subparagraph b. of
this Paragraph (Lots with Multiple Street Frontages) is considered to be located on more
than one street frontage.

2. Spacing

a. For any double-faced off-site sign, the spacing requirements are based on the area of the
largest sign face.

b. For double-faced off-site signs whose faces are not parallel, the spacing between any
proposed, permitted or existing off-site sign is determined by the following formula:
(B - 5)
D = S [1+ ]
90

Where:

D = required spacing between signs, in feet.

S = sign spacing determined by the table in Sec. 4C.11.3.C.4. (Spacing).

B = widest edge separation of sign faces in feet.

c. Spacing is measured between off-site signs that are located on the same side of the same
street. Spacing is measured from a line that is perpendicular to the street lot line and that
passes through a point on the street lot line that is closest to the nearest sign face edge.
Spacing is measured along the center line of the street.

E. Relief

1. A deviation from any off-site sign dimensional standard of 15 percent or less may be granted in
accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

2. Deviation from any off-site sign standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with
Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.11.3. (Off-Site Signs) | 4-150 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

An on-site sign is a sign that is other than an off-site sign.

A. Intent

See Sec. 4C.11.1.A. (Intent).

B. Applicability

On-site signs standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, an exterior modification, or a use modification. All exterior signs, including window signs, and sign support structures not located entirely in the public right-of-way shall conform to the requirements of this Section (On-Site Signs) and all other applicable provisions of this Zoning Code (Chapter 1A).

C. Standards

1. Sign Packages

On-site signs shall comply with the applicable sign package pursuant to Sec. 4C.11.5. (Sign Packages).

2. Sign Types

   On-site signs shall comply with all applicable sign type standards pursuant to Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types).

3. Street Address Requirement

No sign shall be maintained on any property unless a street address for the property has been obtained, and is maintained in accordance with the provisions of Chapter VI. (Public Works and Property), Sec. 63.113. (Street Address Numbers - Responsibility Therefor, Designation, Location, Size, Maintenance, Change and Removal) of this Code.

4. Projection Over the Public Right-Of-Way

Where on-site signs are allowed to project over the public right-of-way, they shall comply with the following standards:

a. An on-site sign with a clear height less than eight feet has a maximum projection allowance of 1/4 inch.

b. An on-site sign with a clear height equal to eight feet has a maximum projection allowance of one foot.

c. For every extra foot of clear height over eight feet, the projection maximum for on-site signs increases by 1/2 inch.

Sec. 4C.11.4. (On-Site Signs) | 4-151 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

d. The maximum allowed projection for any on-site sign is five feet, which applies to on-site signs with a clear height of 16 feet or greater.

Clear Height Allowable AllowableAllowable Under the Sign Projection ProjectionProjection (max)(max) < 8’ 0.25” 8’ 1’ 9’ 1.5’ 10’ 2’ 11’ 2.5’ Line A 12’ 3’ 13’ 3.5’ 14’ 4’ 15’ 4.5’ 16’ 5’ >16’ 5’

Clear Height (16’)

Clear Height (8’)

Note: At street corners, signs may extend to Line “A” at an angel of 45 degrees from the street.

D. Measurement

See Sec. 4C.11.6.D. (Measurement).

E. Relief

1. A deviation from any on-site sign dimensional standard of 15 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

2. Deviation from any on-site sign standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.11.4. (On-Site Signs) | 4-152 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Sign Packages) is to provide variety in the sign
allocation based on the extent of reliance on specific modes of travel.

1. Sign Package 1 is intended for areas with a variety of transportation modes.

2. Sign Package 2 is intended for areas with a focus on pedestrian experience and alternative
transportation modes besides automobiles.

B. Applicability

Sign package standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a lot modification, a site
modification, an exterior modification, or a use modification. Sign package standards apply to all
on-site signs determined by the sign package assigned by the applied Development Standards
District (Part 4B.).

C. Standards

1. Digital Display

Digital displays are prohibited in Sign Package 2.

2. Total Sign Area Allowed

a. The maximum total area of on-site signs allowed on a lot is specified by a Sign Package
according to the category of the applied Use District (Part 5B.) as indicated below:

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2
AGRICULTURAL, RESIDENTIAL & OPEN SPACE USE DISTRICTS
Total sign area allocation for all sign 30 SF 30 SF types allowed (max)
ALL OTHER USE DISTRICTS
Total sign area allocation for all sign 4 SF per foot of street 4 SF per foot of
types allowed (max) frontage building frontage
Combined sign area of illuminated 2 SF per foot of street
canopy signs, roof signs, roof sign: open frontage, + 1 SF for n/a panels, & wall signs facing the same each foot of building
direction (max) frontage

b. In Sign Package 1, awning signs, high-rise signs and marquee signs do not count towards
the total sign area allocation of four square feet per foot of street frontage.

c. In Sign Package 2, awning signs and high-rise signs do not count towards the total sign
area allocation of four square feet per foot of building frontage.

Sec. 4C.11.5. (Sign Packages) | 4-153 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Sign Types Allowed

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 AGRICULTURAL, RESIDENTIAL & OPEN SPACE USE DISTRICTS Awning Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.1.)
High Rise Sign 1 (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.2.)
High-Rise Sign 2 (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.3.)
Illuminated Canopy Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.4.)
Marquee Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.5.)
Monument Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.6.)
Pedestrian Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.7.)
Pole Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.8.)
Projecting Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.9.)
Roof Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.10.)
Roof Sign: Open Panel (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.11.)
Wall Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.12.)
Window Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.13.)
Yard Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.14.)
ALL OTHER USE DISTRICTS Awning Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.1.)
High Rise Sign 1 (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.2.)
High-Rise Sign 2 (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.3.)
Illuminated Canopy Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.4.)
Marquee Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.5.)
Monument Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.6.)
Pedestrian Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.7.)
Pole Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.8.)
Projecting Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.9.)
Roof Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.10.)
Roof Sign: Open Panel (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.11.)
Wall Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.12.)
Window Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.13.)
Yard Sign (Sec. 4C.11.6.C.14.)
= Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed

a. Where a sign meets the standards and definition of both an allowed sign type and a sign type that is not allowed per the table in this Paragraph 3. (Sign Types Allowed), the sign is considered to be the allowed sign type.

Sec. 4C.11.5. (Sign Packages) | 4-154 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. Sign Area

a. Maximum sign area is measured independently for each sign face.

b. Sign area is measured as the area circumscribed by the smallest geometric shape
created with a maximum of eight straight lines that will enclose all words, letters, figures,
symbols, designs and pictures, together with all framing, background material, colored or
illuminated areas and attention-attracting devices, forming an integral part of an individual
message except that:

i. For wall signs having no discernible boundary, each of the following shall be included
in any computation of surface area:

a) The areas between letters;

b) Words intended to be read together; and

c) Any device intended to draw attention to the sign message.

ii. For spherical, cylindrical or other three-dimensional signs, the area of the sign shall be
computed from the smallest two-dimensional geometrical shape or shapes, which will
best approximate the greatest actual surface area visible from any one direction. Sign
support structures are excluded if neutral in color.

2. Sign Area Allocation

a. Sign area allocation, either total or by sign type pursuant to Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types),
when specified per foot of street frontage is calculated by multiplying the specified area by
the length of the street frontage.

b. Sign area allocation, either total or by sign type pursuant to Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types),
when specified per foot of building frontage is calculated by multiplying the specified area
by the length of the building frontage.

c. The sign area for all signs, including required signs and signs displaying addresses, is
counted toward the total sign area allocation as specified in this Section (Sign Packages).

E. Exceptions

Flag lots containing less than 50 feet of street frontage are allotted 50 feet of street frontage for
the purpose of determining the type of sign permitted and for the allowable sign area.

Sec. 4C.11.5. (Sign Packages) | 4-155 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

F. Relief

1. In Sign Package 2, deviations from the dimensional standards for projecting signs shall be authorized in accordance with Sec. 13B.2.5. (Director Determination). In addition to the findings otherwise required by Sec. 13B.2.5. (Director Determination), the Director of Planning shall find that the proposed projecting sign meets the following criteria:

   a. The total sign area of all projecting signs, including existing projecting signs and existing pole signs, does not exceed 25 SF plus 1.5 SF per foot of street frontage, with no individual projecting sign exceeding 300 SF per sign face; and

b. The proposed projecting sign contributes to the existing pattern and character of signs of the area within a 500 foot radius of the site.

2. A deviation from any Sign Package dimensional standard 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. Deviation from any Sign Package standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.11.5. (Sign Packages) | 4-156 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

That the regulations will provide reasonable protection to the visual environment by controlling the size, height, spacing and location of signs.

B. Applicability

1. General

   a. Sign type standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, an exterior modification, or a use modification, involving any construction or modification of an on-site sign pursuant to Sec. 4C.11.5. (Sign Packages) specified by the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

   b. Sign type standards apply to each lot according the Sign Package (Sec. 4C.11.5.) specified by the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

2. Combination Signs

A sign subject to more than one type of classification, shall meet the requirements for the type to which each portion is subject.

C. Standards

The standards for each sign type are specified in the tables below:

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-157 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

1. Awning Sign

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS All OS, A, & RGAn awning sign is a sign painted, sewn, or otherwise Use Districts adhered to the material of an awning as an integrated All other Use Districts part of the awning itself. = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed b. GENERAL STANDARDS i.  Signs are only allowed on awnings that comply with all applicable provisions of LAMC Sec. 91.3202. Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 (General), and LAMC Sec. 91.3202.3.1 (Awnings, d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS Canopies, Marquees and Signs). Combined sign area ii.  No sign can be placed on any portion of an awning for all awning signs except the valance that is parallel to the building (max) face. No sign can extend outside the awning. All OS, A, & RG n/a n/a Use Districts iii.  Signs are not allowed on awnings with a valance 2 SF per foot 2 SF per foot above 14 feet in height measured from the nearest All other of street of street sidewalk or edge of roadway grade to the top of the Use Districts frontage frontage valance. Area of individual a awning sign (max) All OS, A, & RG 20 SF 20 SF Use Districts All other n/a 12 SF Use Districts Sign display height b 1' 1' (max)

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-158 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

2. High-Rise Sign 1

   100’ Above

   Grade (min)

   Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2

a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A high-rise sign 1 is a sign located at least 100 feet All OS, A, & RG Use Districts above grade and attached to the wall of a building. All other Use Districts b. GENERAL STANDARDS = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed i.  The plane of the sign face of a high-rise sign 1 shall be approximately parallel to the building face. d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS ii.  A high-rise sign 1 shall not extend above the top of the wall of the building, except where there is less Combined sign area than three feet between the top of the wall and the for all high-rise sign 1 n/a top of a window, the high-rise sign 1 may extend signs (max) above the top of the wall by a maximum of three 5% of the area of the building Area of individual feet. a wall to which the sign is high-rise sign 1 (max) attached Projection from b 2' building face (max) Width (max % of c 80% facade length)

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-159 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. High-Rise Sign 2

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-160 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A high-rise sign 2 is a sign located at least 100 feet All OS, A, & RG Use Districts above grade and attached to the wall of a building within close proximity to the top of the building. All other Use Districts
b. GENERAL STANDARDS = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed i.  A building shall not have more than two high-rise sign 2 signs and no more than one on any side of d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS the building. In the case of a cylindrical or elliptical Combined sign building, the building should be considered to have area for all high- four quadrants, which will in no case exceed 25 n/a rise sign 2 signs percent of the perimeter of the building. Both high- (max) rise sign 2 signs on a building must be identical in design. 50% of the area of the building Area of individual wall to which the sign is a high-rise sign 2 ii.  The plane of the sign face of a high-rise sign 2 shall attached or 800 SF, whichever (max) be approximately parallel to the building face. is less

iii.  On a flat-topped building, high-rise sign 2 signs must be located between the top of the windows on the topmost floor and the top of the roof parapet or within an area 16 feet below the top of the roof parapet.

iv.  On buildings with stepped, non-flat, or otherwise articulated tops, high-rise sign 2 signs may be located within an area 16 feet below the top of the building or within an area 16 feet below the top of the parapet of the main portion of the building below the stepped or articulated top.

v.  High-rise sign 2 signs shall be located on a wall and shall not be located on a roof, including a sloping roof, and shall not block any windows.

vi.  The sign shall consist of open channel lettering or graphic segments. Box and cabinet signs are not allowed.

vii.  High-rise sign 2 signs are limited to one line of text.

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-161 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

4. Illuminated Canopy Sign

   Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2

a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS An illuminated canopy sign is a sign integrated into an All OS, A, & RG Use Districts enclosed internally illuminated canopy that is attached to the wall of a building. All other Use Districts
b. GENERAL STANDARDS = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed i.  An illuminated canopy sign shall not extend above the top of the wall of a building. d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS Combined sign area ii.  For emergency personnel access, illuminated 2 SF per foot of street for all illuminated canopy signs shall not occupy a 4-foot distance frontage canopy signs (max) along the exterior wall at one corner of the building's street frontage and an additional 4-foot Area of individual distance along every 50 feet of the building A illuminated canopy n/a frontage. sign (max) Sign display height iii.  An illuminated canopy sign shall bear the electric b 3' (max) sign label of an approved testing agency with a re- Depth (max) 8" inspection service. c Clear depth (min) 8'-2" iv.  Only canopies at grade level may contain Projection from illuminated canopy signs over a door or window. D 3' building face (max) v.  An illuminated canopy sign shall be internally illuminated so as to illuminate the canopy and the exterior wall below.

vi.  Illuminated canopy signs may project over a public right-of-way.

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-162 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

5. Marquee Sign

   Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2

a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A marquee sign is a sign attached to the periphery of a All OS, A, & RG Use Districts marquee. All other Use Districts b. GENERAL STANDARDS = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed i.  Signs shall not extend above or below the marquee.

ii.  Signs shall not be attached to any portion of the d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS marquee except on the periphery. Combined sign area iii.  Cloth or banner signs or drop-roll curtains may be for all marquee signs n/a suspended below the exterior periphery and extend (max) within seven feet of the grade. Area of individual a Limited by marquee size marquee sign (max)

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-163 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

6. Monument Sign

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-164 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 a. DEFINITION d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS A monument sign is a freestanding sign which is wholly Combined sign area independent of a building for support, erected directly for all monument upon the original grade or finished grade, or that is signs (max) raised no more than 12 inches from the grade to the All OS, A, & RG n/a n/a bottom of the sign. Use Districts b. GENERAL STANDARDS 1.5 SF per 1.5 SF per foot All other foot of street of building i.  A monument sign shall be set back at least 7.5 feet Use Districts frontage frontage from a side lot line. Area of individual ii.  A monument sign shall be located at least 15 feet a monument sign from any other monument sign, projecting sign or (max) pole sign in any direction. All OS, A, & RG 9 SF per sign 9 SF per sign Use Districts face face iii.  A monument sign shall be located so as not to present a physical visibility obstruction that could All other 75 SF per sign 32 SF per sign interfere with or present a hazard to pedestrian or Use Districts face face vehicular traffic. Total number of pole signs & iv.  A monument sign shall not project over a public monument signs right-of-way. allowed (max) All OS, A, & RG 1 1 Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 Use Districts c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS All other All OS, A, & RG Use Districts Use Districts 0' to < 50' of street 0 0 All other Use Districts frontage = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed 50' to ≤ 200' of 1 1 street frontage >200' to ≤ 400' of 2 2 street frontage >400' to ≤ 600' of 3 3 street frontage +1 / 200' +1 / 200' >600' of street of street of street frontage frontage frontage b Height (max) All A & RG 6' 6' Use Districts All other 8' 8' Use Districts c Depth (max) 2' 2'

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-165 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

7. Pedestrian Sign

   Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2

a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A pedestrian sign is a small sign attached perpendicular All OS, A, & RG Use Districts to the building facade that hangs from a bracket or support. All other Use Districts
b. GENERAL STANDARDS = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed i.  A hanging bracket shall be an integral part of the sign design. d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS Combined sign area ii.  Pedestrian signs shall be located below the window for all pedestrian n/a sills of the 2nd story on a multi-story building or signs (max) below the top of the exterior wall on a single-story building. Area of individual a 9 SF per sign face pedestrian sign (max) iii.  Pedestrian signs shall be located within five feet Sign display height horizontally of a ground story tenant entrance. B 3' (max) iv.  Pedestrian signs shall be located at least 15 feet Projection from from any other pedestrian sign or projecting sign. C building face (min/ 1'/3' max) v.  Pedestrian signs shall be attached to a building D Depth (max) 6" to withstand the loads as required by LAMC Sec. E Clear height (min) 8' 91.6212. (Projecting Signs).

vi.  Pedestrian signs shall comply with Sec. 4C.11.4.C.4. (Projection Over the Public Right-Of-Way).

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-166 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

8. Pole Sign

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-167 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS All OS, A, & RGA pole sign is a freestanding sign that is wholly Use Districts independent of a building for support, permanently All other Use Districts affixed to the ground using one or more poles or posts. = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed b. GENERAL STANDARDS i.  A pole sign shall be located at least 10 feet from a side lot line; however, on a corner lot, a pole signs may be at least five feet from side lot lines. d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS ii.  A pole sign shall be located at least 15 feet from any Combined sign area for all pole other pole sign, projecting sign or monument sign. signs (max) All OS, A, & RG Use Districts n/a iii.  The maximum width of a pole or post shall not 2 SF per foot exceed 10 percent of the overall sign height. of street frontage + 1 iv.  A pole sign shall be located so as not to interfere or All other Use Districts SF per foot present a hazard to pedestrian or automobile traffic. of building v.  Where the lower part of a pole sign is less than eight frontage feet above sidewalk grade or the edge of roadway Total number of pole signs & grade nearest the sign, the sign shall extend to 18 monument signs (max) inches from grade or be installed in a planter that All OS, A, & RG Use Districts 1 extends beyond the edges of the sign and any support structure that is 18 inches minimum in All other Use Districts height. 0' to < 50' of street frontage 0 50' to ≤ 200' of street frontage 1 vi.  A pole sign may project over a public right-of-way, but shall comply with Sec. 4C.11.4.C.4. (Projection >200' to ≤ 400' of street frontage 2 Over the Public Right-Of-Way). Sign projections >400' to ≤ 600' of street frontage 3 shall fall within an area that is perpendicular to the +1 / 200' public right-of-way and has a width of three feet as >600' of street frontage of street measured parallel to the public right-of-way. frontage a Area of individual pole sign (max) 9 SF per All OS, A, & RG Use Districts sign face 400 SF per All other Use Districts sign face B Height(1) including pole (max) All A & RG Use Districts 6' All other Use Districts 0' to < 50' of street frontage none 50' of street frontage 25' >50' to ≤ 100' of street frontage 35' >100' of street frontage 42' (1) Any pole sign located at the street corner of a corner lot may use the greater street frontage for determining height limitations. In no event may a pole sign, including the pole, exceed the maximum building height specified by the applied Form District (Part 2B.).

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-168 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

9. Projecting Sign

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-169 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A projecting sign is a sign attached approximately All OS, A, & RG Use Districts perpendicular to the building facade that does not meet the standards for a pedestrian sign. All other Use Districts
b. GENERAL STANDARDS = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed i.  The plane of the sign face shall be within 15 degrees of a line perpendicular to the building face, except Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 at the corner of the building. d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS ii.  A projecting sign shall not extend above the top of 25 SF + 1.5 SF 25 SF + 1.5 SF Combined sign area the building wall. per foot per foot of for all projecting of street building signs (max) iii.  A projecting sign shall be located at least 7.5 feet frontage frontage from any side lot line and be located at least 15 feet Number of from any other projecting sign, monument sign or projecting signs pole sign, measured in any direction. (max) iv.  Projecting signs shall be attached to a building 0' to < 50' of 0 0 to withstand the loads as required by LAMC Sec. street frontage 91.6212. (Projecting Signs). 50' to ≤ 200' of 1 1 street frontage v.  A projecting sign may project over the public right- >200' to ≤ 400' of-way, but shall comply with Sec. 4C.11.4.C.4. 2 2 of street frontage (Projection Over the Public Right-Of-Way). Sign projections shall fall within an area that is >400' to ≤ 600' 3 3 perpendicular to the public right-of-way and has a of street frontage maximum width of three feet as measured parallel +1 / 200' +1 / 200' with the public right-of-way. >600' of street of street of street frontage frontage frontage vi.  For projecting signs located above 16 feet and on Area of individual 300 SF per 48 SF per a lot having a street frontage greater than 50 feet, a projecting sign (max) sign face sign face projections over the public right-of-way may vary linearly from five feet at 50 feet to eight feet at Projection from B 8' 5' 100 feet of street frontage. This is an exception to building face (max) Sub-subparagraph v. above, and does not require compliance with Sec. 4C.11.4.C.4. (Projection Over C Clear height (min) 8' 8' the Public Right-Of-Way).

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-170 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

10. Roof Sign

    Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2

a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A roof sign is a sign erected on a roof of a building. All OS, A, & RG Use Districts
b. GENERAL STANDARDS All other Use Districts
i.  Roof signs are allowed only when placed directly = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed upon a roof that slopes downward toward and extends to or over the top of an exterior wall. d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS ii.  The top of the roof sign shall be located at least two feet below the highest point of the roof where the Combined sign area 2 SF per foot of street sign is located. for all roof signs frontage, + 1 SF for each foot (max) of building frontage iii.  Roof signs shall be located at least two feet from the Area of individual edge of the roof. a roof sign (max) 300 SF

iv.  Roof signs shall be located at least 10 feet from side lot lines.

v.  The plane of the sign face of a roof sign shall be approximately parallel to the building face.

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-171 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

11. Roof Sign: Open Panel

    C

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 a. DEFINITION d. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A roof sign: open panel is a sign erected on a roof of a All OS, A, & RG Use Districts building consisting of channel letters, graphic segments, open lighting elements, or other open forms affixed to a All other Use Districts
non-solid panel sign support structure. = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed b. GENERAL STANDARDS i.  The sign shall be located on the roof of a building. e. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS Combined sign area ii.  The plane of the sign face shall be approximately 2 SF per foot of building for all roof sign: parallel to the building face. frontage open panels (max) iii.  The sign shall consist of open channel lettering or Area of individual graphic segments. Box and cabinet signs are not a roof sign: open 80 SF allowed. panel (max) c. APPROVAL Sign display height B (max height above 3' i.  Roof sign: open panel is only allowed in accordance roof-line or parapet) with Sec. 13B.2.5. (Director Determination). Distance from ii.  In addition to the findings set forth in Sec. 13B.2.5. C another roof sign 15' (Director Determination), the Director shall not (min) grant approval unless the Director also finds that the proposed sign contributes to the existing pattern and character of signs of the area within a 500 foot radius of the lot.

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-172 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

12. Wall Sign

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-173 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A wall sign is a sign on the wall of a building or All OS, A, & RG structure, with the exposed face of the sign in a plane Use Districts
approximately parallel to the plane of the wall, that has All other Use Districts
been attached to, painted on, or erected against the = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed wall, projected onto the wall, or printed on any material which is supported and attached to the wall by an adhesive or other materials or methods. Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 b. GENERAL STANDARDS d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS i.  For wall signs made up of individual letters that Combined sign area use the wall of the building as background, sign for all wall signs area allocated in Sec. 4C.11.5.C.2. (Total Sign Area (max) Allowed) and Sec. 4C.11.5.C.3. (Sign Types Allowed) All OS, A, & RG may be increased by 20 percent, provided there is n/a n/a Use Districts no change in color between the background and the surrounding wall area. All other Use Districts ii.  If any message is placed on the edge of a wall sign, 2 SF per foot then that portion of the wall sign is regulated as a of street pedestrian sign or a projecting sign. frontage, 3 SF per foot Single story + 1 SF for of building iii.  A wall sign cannot extend above the top of the wall buildings each foot frontage of the building, except where there is less than three of building feet between the top of the wall and the top of a frontage. window, the wall sign may extend above the top of 2 SF per foot the wall by a maximum of three feet. of street frontage,+ iv.  The plane of the sign face of a wall sign shall be 1 SF for approximately parallel to the face of the building. each foot v.  Wall signs cannot be illuminated when installed on Multistory of building 2 SF per foot a wall that faces the rear lot line or side lot line that buildings frontage, + of building is located within 30 feet of properties zoned with an 10% for each frontage Agricultural or Residential Use District (Part 5B.) and additional a Density District (Part 6B.) of 8 to 60 or 1L to 4L. story (not to exceed 150% vi.  No wall sign shall project over any public property of single story or any public right-of-way greater than that max). permitted in Sec. 4C.11.4.C.4. (Projection Over the Area of individual Public Right-Of-Way). a wall sign (max) All OS, A, & RG vii.  Where a parking lot exists between a wall sign and 20 SF 20 SF Use Districts the street, and there is a freestanding wall or fence between the parking lot and the street, a sign may All other Use n/a 80 SF be placed on the wall or fence provided the sign Districts does not project beyond the lot line. The sign is Projection from limited to that portion of the wall or fence between B 2' 1' building face (max) 2.5 feet and 3.5 feet in height above the finished grade at the base of the wall generally facing the street.

viii.  In Sign Package 1, wall signs located 100 feet above-grade are not allowed with the exception of those meeting the standards of a high-rise sign 1.

ix.  In Sign Package 2, wall signs located 100 feet above-grade are not allowed with the exception of those meeting the standards of a high-rise sign 2.

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-174 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

13. Window Sign

    Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2

a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A window sign is a sign, except for a supergraphic All OS, A, & RG Use Districts sign, that is attached to, affixed to, leaning against, or otherwise placed within six feet of a window or door All other Use Districts
in a manner so that the sign is visible from outside the = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed building. b. GENERAL STANDARDS Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 The total area of all window signs shall not exceed d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS 10 percent of the area of a single window pane or 10 percent of the aggregate area of all immediately Combined sign area adjacent window panes separated at most by a mullion, for all window signs n/a muntin or grid no thicker than six inches in width. (max) Area of individual a n/a 32 SF window sign (max)

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-175 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

14. Yard Sign

Sign Package 1 Sign Package 2 a. DEFINITION c. SIGN TYPE PERMISSIONS A yard sign is a small sign placed in a yard or other All OS, A, & RG Use Districts amenity space. All other Use Districts b. GENERAL STANDARDS = Sign type allowed = Sign type not allowed Yard signs shall not have mechanical or moving parts and no electricity or other source of illumination or power may be attached or made a part of the sign. d. DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS Combined sign area for all yard n/a signs (max) a Area of individual yard sign (max) Agricultural Use Districts 20 SF All OS & RG Use Districts 12 SF B Height (max) 6'

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-176 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.11. (Signs) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. Sign Height

   a. The height of all signs permitted by this Article (Development Standards), except for yard signs, shall be measured as the distance in a straight vertical line from the top of the sign to the sidewalk grade, or to the edge of roadway grade nearest the sign if there is no sidewalk. Yard sign height is measured from finished grade at the base of the sign.

   b. Any pole sign located at the street corner on a corner lot may use the greater of the two intersecting street frontages for determining maximum sign height. A sign shall not exceed the maximum height specified in the applied Form District (Part 2B.) in which the sign is located.

E. Relief

1. A deviation from any dimensional standard pursuant to Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

2. Deviation from any standard pursuant to Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.11.6. (Sign Types) | 4-177 Last amended by Ord. 188,418 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.12. SITE ELEMENTS

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Roof-Mounted Equipment) is to ensure roof-mounted
equipment is designed to minimize effects on surrounding properties and the public realm and to
ensure roof-mounted equipment is obscured from view on the City skyline.

B. Applicability

Roof-mounted equipment standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site
modification, an exterior modification, or a use modification. When roof-mounted equipment
standards apply, the standards apply to all mechanical equipment or utility equipment located
on a roof. In addition to the screening standards in this Section (Roof-Mounted Equipment),
utilities: wireless facility, rooftop uses shall be designed according to Sec. 4C.12.4. (Wireless
Telecommunication Facilities).

C. Standards

1. Roof-mounted equipment (including but not limited to, compressors, condensers, conduits,
pipes, vents, and ducts) shall be screened on all sides by a parapet or screening structure that:

a. Has an opacity of at least 75 percent;

b. Has a minimum height six inches greater in height than the topmost point of the
equipment; and

c. Encloses the equipment 100 percent up to the minimum height of the screening structure.

2. The screening structure shall meet Sec. 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design & Installation).

6” 6”
Required Required
Screening Screening

D. Measurement

1. For measurement of opacity see Sec. 14.2.13. (Opacity (%)).

2. For measurement of enclosure see Sec. 14.2.4. (Enclosure).

Sec. 4C.12.1. (Roof-Mounted Equipment) | 4-178 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Height from topmost point of the equipment is measured to the top of the screening structure at its lowest height.

E. Exceptions

The following are exempt from the standards in this Section (Roof-Mounted Equipment):

1. Sustainable energy systems;

2. Los Angeles Fire Department equipment;

3. Helipads;

4. Window cleaning systems; and

5. Solar panels and their required appurtenances.

F. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to roof-mounted equipment screening standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance). 2. A deviation from any roof-mounted equipment screening dimensional standard of 15 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment). 3. Deviation from any roof-mounted equipment screening standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.12.1. (Roof-Mounted Equipment) | 4-179 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Ground-Mounted Equipment) is to minimize visibility of ground-mounted equipment from the public realm and support the intent of the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

B. Applicability

1. Ground-mounted equipment standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, an exterior modification, or a use modification. When ground-mounted equipment standards apply, the standards apply to mechanical equipment or utility equipment, either publicly or privately owned, subject to the following:

   a. Ground-mounted equipment standards apply when located at an elevation within six feet of the surrounding grade, serving five or more dwelling units or at least 5,000 square feet of floor area.

C. Standards

1. Location

   a. Ground-mounted equipment located in a frontage yard shall be installed entirely below finished grade in a vault.

   b. Ground-mounted equipment may be located within a building or structure, such as a utility room or parking garage, provided no portion of the equipment faces a frontage yard unobstructed.

   c. Ground-mounted equipment may be located outdoors and above-grade provided that it meets the following standards: i. No portion of the equipment is located in a frontage yard. ii. When located on a corner lot, the equipment shall not be located in the parking setback specified by the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.). iii. Equipment is screened with a fence or wall screen that meets the requirements of Paragraph 2. (Fence/Wall Screen) below, or a landscape screen that meets the requirements of Paragraph 3. (Landscape Screen) below. Fence,wall, or landscape screens may be combined to achieve full screening of the subject equipment.

2. Fence/Wall Screen

Fences or walls used to meet ground-mounted equipment screening requirements shall meet the following standards:

Sec. 4C.12.2. (Ground-Mounted Equipment) | 4-180 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

a. Form a screening structure that creates a contiguous perimeter around 100 percent of the subject equipment for a height no less than six inches taller than the topmost point of the equipment. In no case may the screening structure be less than three feet in height.

6” (min)

3’ (min)

b. Have a minimum opacity of 90 percent.

c. Access gates provided in the structure shall meet the following standards:

i. Shall have a height no less than six inches taller than the topmost point of the
equipment.

ii. Where a screening structure is taller than the minimum height, gates may be no more
than one foot shorter than the height of the wall or fence provided.

iii. In no case shall gates exceed the height of the screening structure by more than one
foot.

iv. Have a minimum opacity of 90 percent.

d. A building wall of an existing or proposed building may serve as a partial element of
the screening structure, provided that the building wall meets the height and opacity
requirements outlined in this Paragraph (Fence/Wall Screen).

e. Areas within the screening structure shall be maintained free of trash and debris.

f. Screening structure shall comply with Sec. 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design & Installation).

g. Screening shall comply with any access and clearance standards required by LADWP.

3. Landscape Screen

Landscaping may be used to meet ground-mounted equipment screening requirements
provided it meets the following standards:

Sec. 4C.12.2. (Ground-Mounted Equipment) | 4-181 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

a. General

i. Landscape screens shall be composed of hedges meeting the requirements of

Subparagraph b. (Hedges) below, or screening plants meeting the requirements of Subparagraph c. (Screening Plants) below. Landscape screens may be composed of a combination of screening plants and hedges.

ii. All required screening plants and hedges shall have a minimum height at maturity no lower than the height of the topmost point of the equipment subject to screening.

iii. All required screening plants and hedges shall comply with Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design &
Installation).

iv. Areas within the landscape screen shall be maintained free of trash and debris.

v. All plants provided in a landscape screen shall be planted and maintained so as to
ensure a minimum three-foot clearance between all portions of the equipment and
the plants, based on spread at maturity.

vi. Screening may need to comply with additional access and clearance standards as may
be required by LADWP.

b. Hedges

i. A continuous perimeter of hedge shall surround 100 percent of the subject equipment.
A maximum gap of three feet breaking the continuous perimeter is permitted to allow
for equipment access, provided that the access gap does not face a frontage lot line.

ii. Hedges shall meet the requirements of Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.d. (Hedges).

c. Screening Plants

i. Screening plants shall be planted in a planting area no less than three feet in depth that
creates a contiguous perimeter surrounding 100 percent of the subject equipment. A
maximum gap of three feet breaking the contiguous perimeter is permitted to allow
for equipment access, provided that the access gap is not facing a frontage lot line.

ii. A minimum of 20 screening plants shall be planted for every 50 linear feet of planting
area, measured at the outside perimeter of the planting area.

iii. Screening plants shall meet the requirements of Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.b. (Screening Plants).

D. Measurement

1. For measurement of opacity see Sec. 14.2.13. (Opacity (%)).

2. Height from topmost point of the equipment is measured to the top of the screen and gate at
their lowest point.

Sec. 4C.12.2. (Ground-Mounted Equipment) | 4-182 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. For measurement of plant and hedge height at maturity, see Sec. 4C.6.4.D.11. (Height at Maturity).

4. For measurement of plant and hedge spread at maturity, see Sec. 4C.6.4.D.3. (Canopy Diameter, Spread, & Height at Maturity). 5. For measurement of planting area width, see Sec. 4C.6.4.D.1. (Planting Area Width). 6. For measurement of parking setback see Sec. 3C.2.1.D. (Measurement). 7. For measurement of building width see Sec. 2C.5.1.D. (Measurement).

   E. Exceptions

   1. Ground-mounted equipment standards do not apply to Water and Power assets, as defined in Sec. 672. (Possession, Management and Control of Water and Power Assets) of the LAAC on lots owned or leased by the Los Angeles Department of Water and Power.

   2. Ground-mounted equipment standards do not apply to fire hydrants.

   F. Relief

   1. Where Los Angeles Department of Water and Power determines that mechanical equipment or utility equipment must be located in the frontage yard and that locating the equipment in a below grade vault is infeasible for reasons not related to cost, the City may grant an Alternative Compliance to the ground-mounted equipment location standards in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance) allowing for the equipment to be located above-grade and in a frontage yard.

   2. A deviation from any ground-mounted equipment screening dimensional standard of 15 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

   3. Deviation from any ground-mounted equipment screening standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.12.2. (Ground-Mounted Equipment) | 4-183 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Wall-Mounted Equipment) is to ensure wall-mounted
equipment is concealed to minimize effects on the public realm.

B. Applicability

1. Wall-mounted equipment standards apply to new construction, a major remodel, a site
modification, a use modification, or an exterior modification. When the wall-mounted
equipment standards apply, the standards apply to mechanical equipment or utility equipment
attached or being attached to the exterior wall of a building or structure.

C. Standards

1. Location

Wall-mounted electrical meters, gas meters, cable boxes and other utility equipment shall not
be attached to a building facade facing a frontage yard and shall not be located in a frontage
yard unless it is fully screened with a screening structure meeting the standards in Paragraph
2. (Screening Enclosure) below, and that screening structure complies with the frontage yard
fence & wall type standards allowed in the applied Frontage District (Part 3B.).

2. Screening Enclosure

Wall-mounted equipment located on a building or structure facade abutting a frontage yard
shall be screened with a screening structure that meets the following requirements:

a. Has a minimum of 75 percent enclosure for a height of at least six inches taller than
the topmost point of the equipment. For wall-mounted equipment located more than
three feet above the base of the wall, the screening structure shall have a minimum of
75 percent enclosure for no less than six inches below the bottommost point of the
equipment.

b. Has a minimum opacity of 75 percent.

c. Any access gates provided in the screening structure shall meet the following standards:

i. Shall have a height no less than six inches taller than the topmost point of the
equipment and, where located more than three feet above the base of the wall, shall
continue no less than six inches below the bottommost point of the equipment.

ii. Where a screening structure is taller than the minimum height, gates may differ no
more than one foot from the height of the wall or fence provided.

iii. Gates shall not exceed the height of the screening structure by more than one foot.

iv. Shall have a minimum opacity of 90 percent.

d. The screening structure shall comply with Sec. 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design & Installation).

Sec. 4C.12.3. (Wall-Mounted Equipment) | 4-184 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. For measurement of opacity see Sec. 14.2.13. (Opacity (%)).

2. For measurement of enclosure see Sec. 14.2.4. (Enclosure).

3. Height from topmost point of the equipment is measured to the top of the screen and gate at their lowest height.

E. Exceptions

1. Wall-mounted equipment standards do not apply to fire alarms.

F. Relief

1. An alternative to wall-mounted equipment screening standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any wall-mounted equipment screening dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. Deviation from any wall-mounted equipment screening standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.12.3. (Wall-Mounted Equipment) | 4-185 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Wireless Telecommunication Facilities) is to minimize
visual impacts, make the installation, operation, and appearance of wireless telecommunication
facilities as inconspicuous as possible, to prevent the facility from visually dominating the
surrounding area, and to hide the facility from predominant views visible from surrounding
properties.

B. Applicability

This Section (Wireless Telecommunication Facilities), applies to new construction, a major
remodel, or an exterior modification, involving all wireless telecommunications uses.

C. Standards

Wireless telecommunications facilities shall meet the following standards.

1. General

a. All wireless telecommunications facilities shall meet the minimum siting distances to
habitable structures required for compliance with Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) regulations and standards governing the environmental effects of radio frequency
emissions.

b. New wireless telecommunication equipment shall be installed at an approved existing
facility, when co-location is feasible.

c. For modifications involving the removal or replacement of transmission equipment or
the collocation of new transmission equipment on existing wireless telecommunication
facilities subject to 47 U.S.C § 1455(a) (Section 6409(a) of the Spectrum Act), see Sec.
4C.12.5. (Existing Wireless Telecommunications Facilities Spectrum Act Compliance
Handbook).

d. Existing utilities: wireless facility, rooftop, in which new wireless telecommunication
equipment is installed that exceeds the scope of the Spectrum Act, shall be subject to
the standards included in Paragraph 2. (Rooftop Wireless Telecommunications Facilities)
below.

e. Existing utilities: wireless facility, freestanding, in which new wireless telecommunication
equipment is installed that exceeds the scope of the Spectrum Act, shall be subject to the
standards included in Paragraph 3. (Freestanding Wireless Facilities) below.

f. All wireless telecommunication facilities shall be removed within 90 days of
discontinuance of use.

Sec. 4C.12.4. (Wireless Telecommunication Facilities) | 4-186 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

2. Rooftop Wireless Telecommunications Facilities

Utilities: wireless facility, rooftop, including antennas and any associated equipment shall meet the following standards:

a. Utilities: wireless facility, rooftop are only allowed where they are a permitted use in the
applied Use District (Part 5B.).

b. Where located on the rooftop of a designated historic resource or a surveyed historic
resource, utilities: wireless facility, rooftop require review and approval pursuant to Sec.
13B.2.2. (Class 2 Conditional Use Permit).

c. Shall be located on rooftops no less than 40 feet above grade.

d. Shall be screened on all sides by a parapet or screening structure that meet the standards
provided in Sec. 4C.12.1. (Roof-Mounted Equipment) or Sec. 4C.12.3. (Wall-Mounted
Equipment).

e. The structure covering the antenna and any equipment cabinet shall be painted and
textured to match the exterior walls of the building.

f. Any wireless antenna structures and associated equipment shall have a height no greater
than 10 feet, measured from rooftop surface at the base of the structures or equipment.

g. Where mounted on the walls of a rooftop enclosure for mechanical equipment or vertical
circulation, wireless antenna structures and associated equipment cabinets shall not
exceed the height of the rooftop enclosure.

h. The cumulative area occupied by all utilities: wireless facility, rooftop and associated
equipment shall not exceed 10 percent of the total area of the rooftop.

3. Freestanding Wireless Facilities

Utilities: wireless facility, freestanding, including antennas and any associated equipment shall
meet the following standards:

a. The footing of an antenna shall be structurally designed to support a freestanding wireless
facility which is at least 15 feet higher than the freestanding wireless facility under review in
order to allow a future wireless network to replace an existing freestanding wireless facility
with a new freestanding wireless facility capable of supporting equipment co-location.

b. Freestanding wireless facilities shall not exceed the maximum height specified in the
applied Form District (Part 2B.).

c. Freestanding wireless facilities shall be set back a minimum distance equal to 20 percent of
the freestanding wireless facility height or 35 feet, whichever is greater, from the following
lot lines:

i. Primary street lot lines and side street lot lines;

Sec. 4C.12.4. (Wireless Telecommunication Facilities) | 4-187 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

ii. Lot lines shared with a lot that includes a sensitive use; and

iii. Lot lines shared with a lot with an applied Residential Use District (Div. 5B.3.) or
Agricultural Use District (Div. 5B.2.).

d. Freestanding wireless facilities shall be screened on all sides with a planting area meeting
the following standards:

i. Has a minimum width of five feet;

ii. Provides screening plants at a frequency of 30 per 50 feet of planting area; and

iii. Provides large species trees at a frequency of three per 50 feet of planting area.

e. All utilities: wireless facility, freestanding uses shall use surfacing and camouflaging
techniques that satisfy the following criteria:

i. Exterior colors, textures, and shapes are visually compatible with the surrounding built
or natural environment;

ii. Exterior finish is non-reflective, unless otherwise required by the Federal Aviation
Administration; and

iii. Situated so as to utilize existing natural or man-made features including topography,
vegetation, buildings, or other structures to provide the greatest amount of visual
screening.

f. The approving authority may require additional measures designed to camouflage a
utilities: wireless facility, freestanding, including placing the facility entirely within a vertical
screening structure. Suitable architectural features include, but are not limited to, clock
towers, bell towers, church steeples, icon signs, lighthouses, flagpoles, utility poles, or
faux trees. All facility components, including the antennas, shall be mounted inside said
structure.

g. Freestanding wireless facilities that are not designed according to Subparagraph f. above
shall be of tapered design (three-foot diameter at the base up to 1.5-foot diameter at the
top).

4. Existing Wireless Facilities

For the modification of existing wireless telecommunication facilities pursuant to the
Spectrum Act, see Sec. 4C.12.5. (Existing Wireless Telecommunications Facilities Spectrum Act
Compliance Handbook).

D. Measurement

1. Setbacks from lot lines are measured according to Sec. 2C.2.2.D. (Measurement).

   2. Planting area width is measured according to Sec. 4C.6.4.D.1. (Planting Area Width).

Sec. 4C.12.4. (Wireless Telecommunication Facilities) | 4-188 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Planting frequency is measured according to Sec. 14.2.8. (Frequency).

4. Screening plants are measured as provided or not provided, based on the presence of screening plants that comply with Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.b. (Screening Plants) and all other applicable provisions of Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation).

5. Large species trees are measured as provided or not provided, based on the presence of large species trees that comply with Sec. 4C.6.4.C.3.a. (Trees) and all other applicable provisions of Sec. 4C.6.4. (Plant Design & Installation).

E. Exceptions

Wireless telecommunication facilities standards do not apply to satellite dish antennae, radio and television transmitters, and antennae incidental to residential uses.

F. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to wireless telecommunication facilities standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any wireless telecommunication facilities dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. Deviation from any wireless telecommunication facilities standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.12.4. (Wireless Telecommunication Facilities) | 4-189 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

SPECTRUM ACT COMPLIANCE HANDBOOK

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Existing Wireless Telecommunications Facilities Spectrum Act Compliance Handbook) is to ensure the City’s wireless standards, procedures, and timelines are consistent with Sec. 6409(a) of Title VI. of the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (Spectrum Act).

B. Applicability

The Existing Wireless Telecommunication Facilities Spectrum Act Compliance Handbook (Handbook) applies to existing wireless facilities that are applying for Spectrum Act approval.

C. Adoption and Maintenance of the Existing Wireless Telecommunications Facilities Spectrum Act Compliance Handbook

The Director of Planning, as they deem necessary and appropriate, shall have the authority to prepare, maintain, amend, and adopt the Handbook. This Handbook explains the standards, procedures, and timelines of the review of existing wireless telecommunication facilities. The Director may, as they deem appropriate, use technical consultants or a consultant advisory panel to update the Handbook in order to comply with changes in federal and state laws.

D. Noncompliance

Failure to comply with the Handbook or any condition or commitments made in compliance with it is a violation of the Code, subject to all available administrative, criminal and civil remedies.

Sec. 4C.12.5. (Existing Wireless Telecommunications Facilities Spectrum Act Compliance Handbook) | 4-190 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Waste Receptacles) is to ensure waste receptacle service areas are designed in a manner that does not detract from the safety, comfort, or enjoyment of users of the lot, neighboring lots or the public realm.

B. Applicability

This Section (Waste Receptacles) applies to new construction, a major remodel, a site modification, or an exterior modification. When waste receptacles standards apply, the standards apply to any solid waste, recycling, or organic waste receptacle 96 gallons in size or greater stored

on a lot.

C. Standards

1. Location

   a. Waste receptacles and their screening enclosures shall not be located in a frontage yard.

   b. Waste receptacles may be located within a building or structure provided they are located in a room with 100 percent enclosure.

   c. Waste receptacles may be located in the same area, room, or enclosure as required recycling areas as long as the area, room, or enclosure meets both the standards of this Section (Waste Receptacles) in addition to the recycling areas standards outlined in Sec. 4C.12.7. (Recycling Areas).

   d. Waste receptacle storage areas shall be made accessible to the public right-of-way, a driveway, or a motor vehicle use area through a pedestrian accessway with a minimum width of 4 feet in order to accommodate waste hauling services.

2. Screening Enclosure

The outdoor waste receptacle shall be screened with a screening structure that meets the following requirements:

a. Has 100 percent enclosure for a minimum height of six feet , but no less than one foot taller than the height of the waste receptacles the facility is designed to enclose.

b. Has a minimum opacity of 90 percent.

6’ (min)

Sec. 4C.12.6. (Waste Receptacles) | 4-191 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c. Outdoor waste receptacle enclosures located on a lot in a Residential or Agricultural Use District (Part 5B.) or located on a lot abutting a Residential or Agricultural Use District (Part 5B.) shall be sheltered. The sheltering structure shall meet the following standards:

i. Have a slope of no less than five degrees;

ii. Be made of non-pervious material to ensure runoff; and

iii. Provide a minimum clear height of eight feet under the structure.

d. Wheel stops with a minimum height of eight inches shall be installed a minimum of six
inches from interior walls of waste receptacle screening structures to prevent damage to
walls.

e. Access gates provided in the screening structure shall meet the following standards:

i. Have a height of no less than six feet;

ii. Where a screening structure is seven feet or greater in height, gates may be no more
than one foot shorter than the height of the screening enclosure provided;

iii. In no case shall gates exceed the height of the screening structure by more than one
foot; and

iv. Have a minimum opacity of 90 percent.

f. All provided screening enclosures shall comply with Sec. 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design &
Installation).

D. Measurement

1. For frontage yard designation, see Sec. 14.2.16.C.1. (Frontage Yard).

2. For measurement of height, see Sec. 4C.7.1.D. (Measurement).

3. For measurement of enclosure, see Sec. 14.2.4. (Enclosure).

4. For measurement of opacity, see Sec. 14.2.13. (Opacity (%)).

E. Exceptions

1. Waste receptacles standards do not apply to lots containing only residential uses and four or
fewer dwelling units.

2. Use modification project activities on a site having less than 2,500 square feet of lot area shall
be exempt from waste receptacle screening and enclosure standards in this Section (Waste
Receptacles).

Sec. 4C.12.6. (Waste Receptacles) | 4-192 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

F. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to waste receptacle standards may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any waste receptacle dimensional standard of 15 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. Deviation from any waste receptacle standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.12.6. (Waste Receptacles) | 4-193 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A recycling area is an outdoor enclosure or a room within a building which is designated for the collection of recyclable materials generated by the use(s) on a lot.

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Recycling Areas) is to ensure that adequate facilities for collecting and loading recyclable materials are provided in order to divert solid waste, address source reduction, and facilitate recycling and composting activities by users, tenants, and residents.

B. Applicability

1. Recycling area standards apply to new construction or a site modification which introduces or modifies a recycling area on a lot and results in any of the following:

   a. A 25 percent increase in floor area for residential projects with four or more dwelling units, or a 30 percent increase of floor area for non-residential projects;

b. Marinas where the floor area includes the space dedicated to the docking or mooring of marine vessels; or

c. Any site where multiple building permits are issued within a 12-month period that result in the addition of floor area beyond the above thresholds.

C. Standards

1. General

   a. Recycling areas shall be equipped with recycling receptacle containers that are sheltered, durable, waterproof, rustproof, and of incombustible construction, and that either provide protection against the environment or are located in a building or structure that is sheltered and enclosed. Containers must be clearly labeled to indicate the type of material to be deposited, and all recyclable materials must be placed or stored in such containers.

   b. When a project provides a trash chute, including adding a trash chute to an existing development, a recycling chute shall also be provided. Recycling chutes shall be clearly marked "recycling only" at every point of entry.

   c. Outdoor recycling areas shall be constructed with a concrete floor sloped to drain, and a water faucet for hose attachment shall be located adjacent to or within the enclosure.

   d. The recycling area shall be clearly identified by one or more signs with a minimum dimension of 16 inches by 20 inches that designate the area for recycling collection and loading.

   e. The recycling area shall be available for use by persons residing or employed on the property.

Sec. 4C.12.7. (Recycling Areas) | 4-194 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

f. No payment shall be made to persons depositing recycling materials in the recycling area
and no processing of recycling materials shall be permitted within the recycling area.
For recyclable materials deposited or redeemed for monetary value, see Sec. 5D.9.4.A.
(Collection). For sorting or processing of recyclable materials from off-site sources, see
Sec. 5D.9.4.B. (Sorting & Processing).

g. Each property owner or lessee shall contract with a recycler or hauler for the pick-up of
recyclable materials, separate from trash collection, when receptacles are full or every
week, whichever occurs first.

h. To encourage active participation in recycling to the maximum extent possible, each
property owner, manager, or lessee shall inform all tenants and/or employees living or
working on the property of the availability and location of the recycling area(s), the types
of materials that are collected for recycling, and that the recycling collection facilities
are located on the property pursuant to state law requiring the diversion of a substantial
portion of solid waste.

i. No toxic or hazardous material shall be stored in recycling areas or receptacles.

j. Recycling areas shall be kept free of litter, debris, spillage, bugs, rodents, odors, and other
similar undesirable hazards.

k. Recycling receptacle containers shall be covered, durable, waterproof, rustproof, and of
incombustible construction, and shall provide protection against the environment or be in
completely enclosed indoor recycling areas. Containers shall be clearly labeled to indicate
the type of material to be deposited.

2. Location

a. Outdoor recycling areas and their screening enclosures shall not be located in a frontage
yard.

b. Recycling areas may be located within a building or structure provided they have 100
percent enclosure.

c. Recycling areas shall be placed within 10 feet of waste receptacles or waste receptacle
service areas or rooms wherever feasible. Where multiple recycling areas are provided, at
least one recycling area must be placed within 10 feet of at least one waste receptacle or
waste receptacle service area or room.

d. Recycling areas may be located in the same area, room, or enclosure as waste receptacles as long as the area, room, or enclosure meets both the recycling area standards in this Section and the waste receptacle standards outlined in Sec. 4C.12.6. (Waste Receptacles).

e. Recycling areas shall not diminish the required number of automobile parking stalls or bicycle parking spaces or impair traffic flow.

Sec. 4C.12.7. (Recycling Areas) | 4-195 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

3. Size

   a. For residential uses with 20 or fewer dwelling units or any other uses with a total floor area of less than 3,000 square feet, the minimum area of the required recycling area shall be 30 square feet.

   b. For residential uses of 21 to 50 dwelling units or any other uses having a total floor area of 3,001 to 7,500 square feet, the minimum area of the required recycling area shall be 60 square feet. c. For residential uses of 51 or more dwelling units, or any other uses having a total floor area of greater than 7,500 square feet, the minimum area of the required recycling area shall be 100 square feet.

   d. No individual recycling area shall exceed an area of 300 square feet.

   e. Multiple recycling areas on the same lot may be combined to meet the applicable required

   minimum area, as long as no individual recycling area has an area of less than 30 feet and the total combined area of the provided recycling areas does not exceed 300 square feet. f. Every recycling area shall contain a minimum clear height of at least eight feet.

   g. The recycling area shall be of adequate size for the collection of all recyclable materials generated by the use(s) occupying the lot, without such materials overflowing the area or forcing significant amounts of recycling to be discarded as general refuse, or the Department of Building and Safety may require a larger space for the recycling area in excess of the minimum requirements listed in Subparagraph a. through Subparagraph c. above to meet the intent of this Subparagraph.

4. Screening Enclosure

Outdoor recycling areas shall be screened with a screening structure that meets the following requirements:

a. Has 100 percent enclosure for a minimum height of six feet; and

b. Has a minimum opacity of 90 percent.

6’ (min)

c. Access gates provided in the screening structure shall meet the following standards:

Sec. 4C.12.7. (Recycling Areas) | 4-196 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

i. Have a height of no less than six feet;

ii. Where a screening structure is seven feet or greater in height, any gate is no more than
one foot shorter than the height of the screening structure provided;

iii. Does not exceed the height of the screening structure by more than one foot; and

iv. Have a minimum opacity of 90 percent.

d. All provided screening structures shall comply with Sec. 4C.7.3. (Fence/Wall Design &
Installation).

D. Measurement

1. For frontage yard designation, see Sec. 14.2.16.C.1. (Frontage Yard).

2. For measurement of height, see Sec. 4C.7.1.D. (Measurement).

3. For measurement of enclosure, see Sec. 14.2.4. (Enclosure).

4. For measurement of opacity, see Sec. 14.2.13. (Opacity (%)).

E. Relief

1. Alternative compliance to recycling receptacle standards may be granted in accordance with
Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any recycling receptacle dimensional standard of 15 percent or less may be
granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. Deviation from any recycling receptacle standard may be granted as a variance in accordance
with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

Sec. 4C.12.7. (Recycling Areas) | 4-197 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Shopping Cart Containment) is to prevent or reduce
the accumulation of abandoned shopping carts in the City, which may obstruct pedestrian and
vehicular traffic, and constitute a hazard to the health, safety, and general welfare of the public.

B. Applicability

Shopping cart containment requirements apply to projects involving new construction, site
modification, use modification, and renovation for commercial uses established in Div. 5D.1.5.
(General Commercial Uses) that provide six or more shopping carts.

C. Standards

1. General

a. Shopping Cart Noticing

Every shopping cart owned or provided by any business establishment in the City shall
have a notice permanently affixed to it that:

i. Identifies the owner of the shopping cart or the name of the business establishment,
or both;

ii. Notifies the public of the procedure to be utilized for authorized removal of the
shopping cart from the business premises;

iii. Notifies the public that the unauthorized removal of the shopping cart from the
premises or parking area of the business establishment is a violation of state and City
law;

iv. Lists a telephone number to contact to report the location of the abandoned shopping
cart; and

v. Lists an address for returning the shopping cart to the owner or business
establishment.

b. Shopping Cart Collection Areas

Shopping cart corrals and/or storage areas shall be provided with a minimum width of five
feet and minimum depth of 15 feet, but shall not be located within a required frontage
yard.

c. Signs

Signs that warn customers that shopping cart removal is prohibited and constitutes a
violation of California Business and Professions Code, Sec. 22435.1. (Identification of
Shopping and Laundry Carts) and Chapter IV. (Public Welfare), Sec. 41.45. (Unauthorized

Sec. 4C.12.8. (Shopping Cart Containment) | 4-198 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Removal, Use Or Possession of Shopping Carts) of this Code shall be installed and maintained at exits, shopping cart collection areas, and any vehicular or pedestrian accessways. Signs shall be no less than 16 inches by 20 inches, and placed at a minimum height of three feet and a maximum height of six feet.

2. Containment Methods

A project shall include a practical containment approach with one or more of the following containment methods to ensure that shopping carts remain on the premises.

a. Wheel Locking or Stopping Mechanisms

Shopping carts shall be equipped with a wheel locking or stopping mechanism that is used in conjunction with an electronic magnetic barrier along the perimeter of the commercial use or lot, including customer entrances, loading areas, basements, landscaped areas, along crossings and access points required for driveways, drive aisles, pedestrian accessways, and pedestrian passageways, or any other perimeter identified on a shopping cart containment plan. The wheel locking or stopping mechanism must activate when the shopping cart crosses the electronic or magnetic barrier.

b. Screening Plants

An F-Screen 1 (Sec. 4C.8.1.C.2.a.) shall be provided along the perimeter of the commercial use or lot, or any other perimeter identified on a shopping cart containment plan.

c. Bollards

Bollards shall be installed at customer entrances, or within 10 feet of the entrances, and shall be spaced at a maximum distance of 17 inches from each other or nearby enclosed space.

d. Other Methods

Other methods for shopping cart containment may be used, so long as the Department of Public Works, Bureau of Sanitation has approved the system or method as effectively containing or controlling shopping carts on the premises.

3. Performance Standards

Owners shall do all of the following and execute and record a covenant to the satisfaction of the Department of Public Works, Bureau of Sanitation to ensure compliance by the owner and any leasee:

a. Daily After Hours Cart Containment

Prepare and maintain a plan for securing shopping carts whenever the store is not open for business.

Sec. 4C.12.8. (Shopping Cart Containment) | 4-199 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.12. (Site Elements) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. Shopping Cart Retrieval

Retrieve their carts or provide evidence of a contract with a shopping cart retrieval service with terms requiring collection of abandoned shopping carts within 24 hours of notification of an abandoned shopping cart.

c. Employee Training

Implement and maintain a periodic training program for its new and existing employees designed to educate employees about the abandonment and retrieval of shopping carts of the retail.

d. Shopping Cart Containment Plan

A shopping cart containment plan shall be prepared that identifies areas on a lot where shopping carts can be removed from the lot and identifies the proposed containment method for each area.

D. Measurement

[Reserved].

E. Relief

1. Alternative Compliance to the shopping cart containment standards established in this Section (Shopping Cart Containment) may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.1. (Alternative Compliance).

2. A deviation from any shopping cart containment dimensional standard of 10 percent or less may be granted in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.2. (Adjustment).

3. A deviation from any shopping cart containment standard may be granted as a variance in accordance with Sec. 13B.5.3. (Variance).

F. Enforcement

Regardless of Div. 13B.10. (Department of Building and Safety), the Department of Public Works, Bureau of Sanitation shall have the authority and responsibility to enforce the provisions of this Section (Shopping Cart Containment).

Sec. 4C.12.8. (Shopping Cart Containment) | 4-200 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.13. (Environmental Protection) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.13. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

A. Intent

1. The intent of the standards of this Section (Environmental Protection Measures) is the following:

   a. Ensure that development in the City does not result in detrimental impacts to those residing or working in and around construction activities, and to abutting properties, and the public right-of-way, including the habitat, cultural resources, and historic or fragile buildings;

b. Provide a mechanism for mitigation measures adopted pursuant to CEQA for City plans, policies, or regulations to be made enforceable on future development projects consistent with CEQA Guidelines, California Code of Regulations, Sec. 15162.4. (Subsequent EIRs and Negative Declarations); and

c. Provide a flexible mechanism to adopt and amend uniformly applicable development standards to allow streamlined environmental review, including pursuant to CEQA Guidelines California Code of Regulations, Sec. 15183.3. (Streamlining for Infill Projects).

B. Applicability

No permit shall be issued by the Department of Building and Safety without the applicant demonstrating compliance with any regulations adopted by the Director under this Division (Environmental Protection) to implement any adopted environmental protection measures.

C. Adoption and Maintenance of the Environmental Protection Measures

The Director is authorized to, and shall, as they deem necessary and appropriate, prepare, maintain, amend, and adopt environmental protection measures to meet the intent of this Division (Environmental Protection) and to adopt regulations to implement environmental protection measures. The Director may, as the Director deems appropriate, use technical consultants or a consultant advisory panel to make recommendations on new environmental protection measures or updates to existing environmental protection measures.

D. Noncompliance

Failure to comply with the environmental protection measures or any condition or commitments

made in compliance with the environmental protection measures, or regulations adopted to implement environmental protection measures, is a violation of the Code, subject to all available administrative, criminal and civil remedies. Additionally, upon verification of non-compliance, the City may require the applicant or property owner to retain at its own expense an independent consultant, subject to the City’s approval, to ensure compliance with the environmental protection measures and any conditions or commitments made in compliance with the environmental protection measures and regulations.

Sec. 4C.13.1. (Environmental Protection Measures) | 4-201 Established by Ord. 188,418, Eff. 01/20/2025, Oper. 01/27/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.14. (Development Review) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.14. DEVELOPMENT REVIEW

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Development Review Threshold Packages) is to require the discretionary review of development projects when certain thresholds are met, and to allow for variation in these thresholds appropriate to the context of development.

B. Applicability

This Section (Development Review Threshold Packages) applies to projects involving new construction, a major remodel, or a site modification of a building or lot which meets the thresholds of the assigned development review threshold package as applied by the Development Standards District (Part 4B.).

C. Standards

1. Development Review Threshold Package 1

   a. Project Review Thresholds

When the applicable Development Standards District (Part 4B.) specifies Development Review Threshold Package 1, the following development projects are subject to Sec. 13B.2.4. (Project Review):

i. Any development project which creates, or results in an increase of, 50,000 square

feet or more of non-residential floor area.

ii. Any development project which creates, or results in an increase of, 50 or more

dwelling units.

iii. Any development project that includes drive-through lanes which results in a net

increase of 500 or more average daily trips.

iv. Any change of use which results in a net increase of 1,000 or more average daily trips.

v. Any one unit development with a floor area of 17,500 square feet or larger located in the Hillside Area.

b. Major Development Project Review Thresholds

When the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.) specifies Development Review Threshold Package 1, development projects having one or more of the characteristics listed below are subject to Sec. 4C.14.1.C.3. (Supplemental Procedure) of this Subsection (Standards):

i. Any development project that creates or results in an increase of 250,000 square feet

or more of warehouse floor area.

Sec. 4C.14.1. (Development Review Threshold Packages) | 4-202 Last amended by Ord. 188,478 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.14. (Development Review) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

ii. Any development project that creates or results in an increase of 100,000 square feet or more of floor area in other non-residential or non-warehouse uses.

2. Development Review Threshold Package 2

   a. Project Review Thresholds

   When the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.) specifies Development Review Threshold Package 2, development projects having one or more of the characteristics listed below are subject to Sec. 13B.2.4. (Project Review): i. Any development project including a building or structure having a height of 500 feet or taller. ii. Any development project which adds at least 500,000 square feet of non-residential floor area. iii. Any development project which adds at least 500 dwelling units. iv. Any development project that includes drive-through lanes which results in a net increase of 500 or more average daily trips. v. Any change of use which results in a net increase of 1,000 or more average daily trips. vi. Any one unit development with a floor area of 17,500 square feet or larger located in the hillside area.

   b. Major Development Project Review Thresholds

   When the applied Development Standards District (Part 4B.) specifies Development Review Threshold Package 2, development projects that create or result in an increase of 250,000 square feet or more of warehouse area are subject to Sec. 4C.14.1.C.3. (Supplemental Procedure) of this Subsection (Standards). Exception: Development projects which obtain any development rights under Div. 9.3 (Community Benefits Program) are not subject to this Subparagraph (Major Development Project Review Thresholds).

3. Supplemental Procedure

Development projects subject to Development Review Package 1 or Development Review Package 2 meeting the thresholds outlined in Sec. 4C.14.C.1.b. (Major Development Project Review Thresholds), shall use the project review approval process in Sec. 13B.2.4. (Project Review); except initial decisions shall be appealed to the City Planning Commission, rather than the Area Planning Commission. Additionally, if the Director fails to make a decision on an application within the time limit specified in Sec. 13B.2.4. (Project Review), the applicant may file a request for transfer of jurisdiction to the City Planning Commission pursuant to Sec. 13A.2.6. (Transfer of Jurisdiction), rather than a transfer of jurisdiction to the Area Planning Commission.

Sec. 4C.14.1. (Development Review Threshold Packages) | 4-203 Last amended by Ord. 188,478 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.14. (Development Review) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

D. Measurement

1. For calculating floor area see Sec. 14.2.7. (Floor Area).

2. Average daily trips are determined by, and using the trip generation factors promulgated by, the Los Angeles Department of Transportation.

3. For building height in feet see Sec. 2C.4.2.D. (Measurement).

4. For the purposes of calculating dwelling units for this Section (Development Review Threshold Packages), restricted affordable units are exempted from the total number of dwelling units in a project.

E. Exceptions

1. Projects located on a lot subject to Development Review Threshold Package 1 are exempt from review pursuant to Sec. 13B.2.4. (Project Review) provided that the project meets all of the following requirements:

   a. The project involves the new construction of floor area dedicated to one or more residential uses and to one or more non-residential uses;

b. Fifty percent or more of the total new floor area is dedicated to restricted affordable units;

c. The project maintains or increases the total number of preexisting restricted affordable units on the lot and maintains or increases the total floor area dedicated to restricted affordable units; and

d. The project results in the new construction of no more than 150,000 square feet of floor area dedicated to one or more non-residential uses.

2. Projects that provide restricted affordable units consistent with the affordability requirements in Subparagraph b. of Sec. 15.4.3.B.1. (Exemptions) are exempt from review pursuant to this Section (Development Review Threshold Packages).

F. Relief

None.

Sec. 4C.14.1. (Development Review Threshold Packages) | 4-204 Last amended by Ord. 188,478 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Div. 4C.15. RESIDENT PROTECTIONS

OF DWELLING UNITS

A. Intent

The intent of the standards of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of
Dwelling Units) is to codify housing replacement requirements, ensure preservation of dwelling
units, and ensure consistent occupant protections when residential projects result in the loss of
dwelling units.

B. Applicability

1. Loss of Protected Units

The requirements of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling
Units) apply to any project that meets the definition of “housing development project” as
defined in California Government Code Sec. 65589.5(h)(2), except that, for purposes of
this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), “housing
development project” also includes projects that involve no discretionary approvals and
projects to construct a single dwelling unit, and either:

a. Will require or result in the loss or reduction of occupied or vacant protected units; or

b. Is located on a lot where protected units were removed in the previous five years.

2. Loss of Dwelling Units

The requirements of Paragraph 2. (No Net Loss of Dwelling Units) of Subsection C. (Standards),
below, apply to any project that meets the definition of “housing development project” as
defined in California Government Code Sec. 65589.5(h)(2), except that, for purposes of
this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), “housing
development project” also includes projects that involve no discretionary approval and projects
to construct a single dwelling unit, and either:

a. Will require or result in the loss or reduction of occupied or vacant dwelling units; or

b. Is located on a lot where dwelling units were removed in the previous five years.

3. Project Activities

The requirements of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling
Units) apply to project activities that may result in the loss or reduction of occupied or vacant
protected units or dwelling units, as described in Paragraph 1. (Loss of Protected Units) and
Paragraph 2. (Loss of Dwelling Units), above, including:

a. New construction;

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-205 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. Major remodel;

c. Exterior modification;

d. Use modification;

e. Temporary use;

f. Demolition; and

g. Renovation.

4. Reconciling Provisions

   a. Relationship to Specific Plans, Supplemental Districts, Special Zones, and Specific Plans established in Article 8. (Supplemental & Special Zoning) may establish additional

   replacement requirements and/or additional occupant protections greater than those provided in this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), in which case, the greater replacement requirements and occupant protections shall be used. However, in the event the provisions of a Historic Preservation Overlay Zone (HPOZ) conflict with the provisions of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), the provisions of the HPOZ shall prevail.

   b. Relationship to State Law

   This Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) shall

   be implemented consistent with the requirements of State Law contained in California Government Code Sec. 66300.6. The Director may prepare Implementation Memoranda, Technical Bulletins, and/or User Guides related to the local implementation of California Government Code Sec. 66300.6, Sthrough this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units).

C. Standards

1. Replacement of Existing or Demolished Protected Units

The project shall replace all existing protected units and protected units demolished on or after January 1, 2020, pursuant to the replacement requirements of California Government Code Sec. 65915(c)(3), consistent with the requirements in this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units). These requirements apply in addition to any requirements included in Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.28 (Ellis Act Provisions) of this Code.

a. Income Requirements

Protected units occupied on the date of application shall be replaced with dwelling units at an affordable rent, see Paragraph 2. (Affordable Rent) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, or affordable housing cost, see Paragraph 1. (Affordable Housing Cost) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, to, and occupied by, persons and families in the same or lower income category as those households in occupancy based upon the units and

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-206 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

incomes of those households in occupancy, pursuant to California Government Code Sec. 65915(c)(3)(B)(i), inclusive of the following income categories: low income households; very low income households; extremely low income households; and acutely low income households. Protected units that have been demolished or vacated on or before the date of application shall be replaced with units at an affordable rent, see Paragraph 2. (Affordable Rent) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, or affordable housing cost, see Paragraph 1. (Affordable Housing Cost) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, based upon the highpoint in occupancy during the previous five years, pursuant to California Government Code, Chapter 4.3. (Density Bonuses and Other Incentives), Sec. 65915(c)(3) (B)(ii).

i. Replacement When Incomes Are Not Known

If the incomes of the individuals and households are not known, and unless otherwise

demonstrated, the presumption in California Government Code, Chapter 4.3. (Density Bonuses and Other Incentives), Sec. 65915(c)(3)(B)(i) regarding lower income households shall be inclusive of the percentage of extremely low income households, very low income households and low income households in the same proportion as their share of all renter households within the City, as determined by the General Manager of the Los Angeles Housing Department utilizing the most recently available data from the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development’s Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy database or equivalent census data disaggregated by tenure and income category.

ii. Replacement of Rent or Price Controlled Dwelling Units

Notwithstanding Sub-subparagraph i. (Replacement When Incomes Are Not Known), above, dwelling units subject to a form of rent or price control through a local government’s valid exercise of its police power shall be replaced as follows:

a) In Higher Opportunity Areas and Moderate Opportunity Areas, dwelling units

deemed or presumed to be occupied by persons or families above the lower income category shall be replaced with low income units.

b) In Lower Opportunity Areas, with the dwelling units proportionate to the share of all lower income renter households within the City described in Sub-subparagraph i. (Replacement When Incomes Are Not Known), above.

b. Equivalent Size

All replacement units must be of equivalent size, pursuant to Paragraph 5. (Equivalent Size)

of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, and projects shall contain at least the same total

number of units and total aggregate number of bedrooms as the protected units being replaced. New units do not have to match bedroom configurations of demolished units, except when a tenant is exercising the right to return as defined in Paragraph 3. (Existing Occupant Protections) below.

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-207 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c. Relationship to Other Affordability Requirements

Any protected units replaced pursuant to this Paragraph (Replacement of Existing or Demolished Protected Units) shall be considered in determining whether the project satisfies the requirements of any state, local or federal requirement that requires, as a condition of the development of rental units, that the project provide a certain percentage of rental units affordable to, and occupied by, households with incomes that do not exceed the limits for moderate income households, lower income households, very low income households, extremely low income households, or acutely low income households, as specified in Sections 50063.5, 50079.5, 50093, 50105, and 50106 of the California Health and Safety Code.

d. Exceptions

Notwithstanding the requirements above, the replacement requirements of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) shall not apply to the following:

i. A project that consists of a single dwelling unit on a site with a single protected unit; or

ii. A project that complies with the requirements of Subparagraph a. of Paragraph 2. (No

Net Loss of Dwelling Units) below.

e. Procedures

An owner of a project subject to the above requirements must complete an application for a Replacement Unit Determination with the Los Angeles Housing Department (LAHD). Information from the owner and existing tenant(s), as well as information gathered by LAHD, will be used to determine whether any protected units exist.

2. No Net Loss of Dwelling Units

   Notwithstanding any other law and notwithstanding density limitations on a site, no permit shall be issued for a project that will require the demolition or loss of one or more dwelling units irrespective of protected unit status, unless the project will create at least as many dwelling units as those demolished. In addition, the project shall include at least as many dwelling units as the greatest number of dwelling units that existed on the project site within the last five years, except for the following:

   a. LAHD may approve an off-site replacement plan for buildings with restricted affordable units that request approval to build a smaller number of dwelling units on the site in the following circumstances:

   i. The proposed construction of the new restricted affordable units cannot replace all

   dwelling units on site due to physical changes in dwelling unit type, such as replacing efficiency dwelling units with household dwelling units; or

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-208 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

ii. The proposed construction of the new restricted affordable units cannot replace all dwelling units on site and meet the City’s required Accessible Housing Program

standards.

iii. Off-site replacement units approved by LAHD pursuant to this Subparagraph shall be

subject to the following requirements:

a) Subject to LAHD approval, the off-site replacement dwelling units will be of equivalent size, see Paragraph 5. (Equivalent Size) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, or larger and have equivalent amenities as the on-site replacement dwelling units, and will be covenanted at the same affordability levels and for at least the

same length of time as the on-site replacement dwelling units; and

b) Subject to LAHD approval, the off-site replacement dwelling units will be constructed within a three-mile radius of the on-site replacement dwelling units.

3. Existing Occupant Protections

   a. Right to Remain

   An existing occupant shall be allowed to occupy their unit until six months before the start of construction activities with proper notice, subject to California Government Code Sec. 7260-7277. The project applicant shall provide an existing occupant with written notice of the planned demolition, the date the occupant must vacate, and the occupant’s rights under this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units). The project applicant shall provide this notice at least six months prior to the date the existing occupant must vacate, or more than six months if required under applicable state or local law.

   b. Right to Return if Demolition Does Not Proceed

   An existing occupant that is required to leave their unit shall be allowed to return to the same rental unit, or a comparable unit, see Paragraph 4. (Comparable Unit) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, at their prior rental rate if the demolition does not move forward and the property is returned to the rental market. This right to return is in addition to any applicable requirement in Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.27 (Ellis Act Provisions - Re-Rental Rights of Displaced Tenants) of this Code.

   c. Right to Relocation

   For occupants who are not lower income households, relocation benefits shall follow the amounts and processes, as applicable, in Chapter XVI. (Housing Regulations), Sec. 165.06 A (Relocation Assistance) of this Code, Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.09 G (Evictions) of this Code, California Government Code Sec. 65863.7 or, for publicly funded projects the greater amount under either local law or under California Government Code Sec. 7260-7277.

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-209 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Consistent with California Government Code Sec. 66300.6(b)(4)(A), occupants of lower
income households that are displaced from their residence by a project shall be entitled to,
and the owner shall pay, relocation benefits that are equivalent to the relocation benefits
required to be paid by public entities pursuant to California Government Code Sec. 7260-
7277 and any implementing regulations.

The owner shall comply with this requirement by following Sub-subparagraph i.
(Comparable Replacement Unit), Sub-subparagraph ii. (Standardized Payment), or Sub-
subparagraph iii. (Individualized Relocation Process Consistent with State Relocation
Law) below, and by complying with all of the requirements in Sub-subparagraphs iv. - vii.,
below:

i. Comparable Replacement Unit

Before or at the time of serving a notice to terminate tenancy, or if no notice is
served, prior to or at the time the occupant is displaced by a project, provide a copy
of a written lease signed by the occupant to LAHD, documenting that the existing
occupant has access to a comparable replacement unit (as the term is used in
California Government Code Sec. 7260) that is permanently affordable, consistent with
the following requirements:

a) The comparable replacement unit is consistent with all standards in California
Government Code Sec. 7260-7277, and any implementing regulations;

b) The rent is permanently affordable to the occupant based on the income level of
the occupant household;

c) If the occupant is also entitled to relocation benefits under Chapter XV. (Rent
Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.09 (Evictions) or Chapter XVI. (Housing
Regulations), Sec. 165.06 (Relocation Assistance), the owner shall comply with
the respective processes and amounts set forth in Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization
Ordinance), Sec. 151.09 (Evictions) or Chapter XVI. (Housing Regulations), Sec.
165.06 (Relocation Assistance); and

d) Any requirement that an occupant make an advance payment to the owner, such
as first and last month's rent or a security deposit, must be in accordance with
all laws. An owner must pay the relocation benefit to the occupant before the
occupant's advance payment to the owner is due.

e) LAHD reserves the right to review the comparable replacement unit and the lease for compliance with California Government Code, Chapter 16. (Relocation Assistance), Sec. 7260-7277 and any implementing regulations. LAHD may require the owner to provide additional proof that the occupant executed the lease at the comparable replacement unit.

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-210 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

f) In the event the occupant is unable to move into the comparable replacement unit
or LAHD determines that the unit is not a comparable replacement unit consistent
with California Government Code Sec. 7260-7277 and any implementing
regulations, owner shall pay relocation benefits to the occupant under Sub-
subparagraph ii. (Standardized Payment) or Sub-subparagraph iii. (Individualized
Relocation Process Consistent with State Relocation Law), below.

ii. Standardized Payment

Within 15 days after serving a notice to terminate tenancy, or if no notice is served,
prior to or at the time the occupant is displaced by a project, pay relocation benefits to
the existing occupant according to the following formula and process requirements:

a) Pay an amount equal to the difference between the Section 8 Department
Voucher Payment Standard and the rent affordable to that occupant’s income level
per California Health and Safety Code Sec. 50053, multiplied by 42 months, plus
estimated incidental moving costs;

b) The amount for the Section 8 Department Voucher Payment Standard, the determination of the affordable rent, see Paragraph 2. (Affordable Rent) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, and the estimated incidental moving costs shall be determined upon the adoption of this ordinance, and then adjusted annually according to the Consumer Price Index – All Urban Consumers. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2025, and all subsequent fiscal years, the fee amounts shall be adjusted on an annual basis pursuant to the formula set forth in Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.06 D (Automatic Adjustments) of this Code. The adjusted amount shall be rounded to the nearest $50 increment. LAHD shall publish the amount annually.

c) The relocation benefits shall be paid in accordance with the process and timing requirements in Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.09 G.1(a) and (b), G.2, and G.5 of this Code.

iii. Individualized Relocation Process Consistent with State Relocation Law

Before or when the owner serves a notice to terminate tenancy, or if no notice is served, then before or when the occupant is displaced by a project, the owner shall

be subject to an individualized relocation process to determine and pay a relocation amount equal to the amount paid by public entities pursuant to California Government Code Sec. 7260-7277. The owner shall:

a) At the time the Replacement Unit Determination is filed or at the termination of tenancy, whichever comes first, submit all relocation documents required by LAHD for publicly-financed projects, including, but not limited to: a relocation plan; a

resume and qualifications of the relocation consultant; a completed relocation tenant rent roll; and a completed project summary assessment;

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-211 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b) Before filing with LAHD a Notice of Intent to Withdraw or Declaration of Intent to Evict for the purpose of demolition, obtain LAHD’s approval of all required relocation documents. If no LAHD approval is obtained, then the owner may file the Notice or Declaration, but, for relocation benefit purposes must comply with either Sub-subparagraph i. (Comparable Replacement Unit) or Sub-subparagraph ii. (Standardized Payment), above, instead of this Sub-subparagraph (Individualized Relocation Process Consistent with State Relocation Law);

c) Obtain LAHD’s approval of the calculated relocation payment once a tenant has identified replacement housing; and

d) Provide to LAHD evidence showing the tenant was relocated to the identified replacement housing and the owner has paid the tenant the full relocation payment.

iv. For determining whether a tenant is displaced by a project, the following actions shall

constitute evidence of development:

a) The owner applies for an entitlement or building permit for a project requiring the demolition of an existing rental unit and the tenancy is or will be terminated as a result;

b) The owner applies for a Replacement Unit Determination and the tenancy is or will be terminated as a result; or

c) The owner serves a notice or otherwise seeks to terminate a tenancy or recover possession of a rental unit based upon one of the grounds under Chapter IV. (Public Welfare), Sec. 47.08 (Tenant Relocation Assistance Where Mobilehome Parks Are Changed to a Different Use) or Sec. 47.09 (Mobilehome Park Closure

Impact Report), Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.09 A.10 (Evictions), or Chapter XVI. (Housing Regulations), Sec. 165.03 I.1 or Sec. 165.03 I.3 (Just Cause Evictions) of this Code, requiring payment of relocation assistance that includes evidence of intent to develop the property.

v. Nothing in this Subsection (Standards) relieves an owner from the obligation to provide relocation assistance pursuant to City administrative agency action or any other provision of local, state or federal law. If an occupant is entitled to monetary relocation benefits pursuant to City administrative agency action or any provision of local, state or federal law, then those benefits shall operate as a credit against the highest relocation benefits required to be paid to the tenant by the owner under this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units). The occupant is entitled to the highest relocation benefit provided by local, state, or federal law.

vi. No demolition permit shall be issued unless the Los Angeles Housing Department

provides a written clearance to the Department of Building and Safety stating that the owner has complied with the relocation assistance requirements of this Section

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-212 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

(Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units). The owner shall provide proof of compliance with the relocation assistance requirements of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) to the Los Angeles Housing Department on a form provided by the Los Angeles Housing Department. The form shall be accompanied by a fee of $45 per unit. The annual fee increase adjustment shall be based on the Consumer Price Index – All Urban Consumers for the Los Angeles-Long Beach-Anaheim metropolitan statistical area, or if such index ceases to be published, by an equivalent index chosen by the Director of the Los Angeles Housing Department. The fee shall be averaged for the previous 12-month period ending September 30 of each year. The fee shall reflect the change in the Consumer Price Index over the previous consecutive twelve-month period expressed as a percentage and rounded off to the nearest whole number.

vii. If after the effective date of this ordinance (Ord. No. 188,482) an owner of residential

real property has exercised its rights under California Government Code, Chapter 12.75 (Residential Rental Property), Sec. 7060-7060.7 to withdraw the property

from residential rent or lease or Chapter XVI. (Housing Regulations), Sec. 165.03 I.1 or Sec. 165.03 I.3 (Just Cause Evictions) of this Code, with no stated intent to redevelop the property in its Notice of Intent to Withdraw, paid no property relocation payments consistent with Sub-subparagraph i. (Comparable Replacement Unit), Sub-subparagraph ii. (Standardized Payment), or Sub-subparagraph iii. (Individualized Relocation Process Consistent with State Relocation Law), above, and then within five years of submitting this Notice of Intent to Withdraw, the owner seeks to develop the property as demonstrated by actions described in Sub-subparagraph iv., above, the following shall apply:

a) As a condition of the clearance of demolition or new construction permits, the applicant or the applicant’s successor-in-interest shall be required to pay to LAHD a fine equal to three times the relocation benefit amount that would have been paid under Sub-subparagraphs ii. (Standardized Payment) or Sub-subparagraph iii. (Individualized Relocation Process Consistent with State Relocation law), above,

where the income of the former occupants is known. Where income of the former occupants is not known, the applicant shall be required to pay $250,000 per displaced occupant household. The LAHD shall not clear a demolition or new construction permit until the applicant complies with this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units). The withholding of permits shall not apply to demolition permits or approvals that are necessary to comply with a Department of Building and Safety, LAHD, or other government order.

Notice Process.

When an owner seeks a demolition or new construction permit clearance from LAHD at a property where the owner may have misrepresented its intention to develop the property in its Notice of Intent to Withdraw, and it has not

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-213 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

paid relocation benefits to tenants consistent with having displaced them for development, LAHD will provide written notice to the owner that the LAHD’s clearance of the permits is conditioned on payment of the fine. The notice shall include the address of the property at issue, a copy of the owner’s Notice of Intent to Withdraw, the amount of the potential fine, and the process to appeal the imposition of the fine.

Appeal Process.

The notice shall include a right to file an appeal within 30 calendar days of the notice of the condition to pay the fine which shall include the right to an administrative hearing.

The appellant shall pay an administrative fee for the costs of the appeal in an amount equal to the amount for appeals under Chapter XVI. (Housing Regulations),

After the hearing officer issues a decision in the administrative hearing, the owner may seek judicial review of the determination pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Sec. 1094.5.

b) Any lower income household displaced as a result of a tenancy termination, for the purpose of property development, under Chapter XVI. (Housing Regulations), Sec. 165.03 I.1 or Sec. 165.03 I.3 (Just Cause Evictions), Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.09 A.10 (Evictions), Chapter IV. (Public Welfare), Sec. 47.08 (Tenant Relocation Assistance Where Mobilehome Parks Are Changed to a Different Use) or Sec. 47.09 (Mobilehome Park Closure Impact Report) of this Code, shall be entitled to relocation benefits under Sub-subparagraph ii. (Standardized Payment) or Sub-subparagraph iii. (Individualized Relocation Process Consistent with State Relocation Law), above. The payment shall be in accordance with Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.09.G.1-2 (Evictions) of this Code.

c) For an occupant who was in possession of a unit at the time the owner filed the Notice of Intent to Withdraw who seeks to pursue a Private Right of Enforcement under Paragraph 2. (Civil Penalties) of Subsection E. (Procedures) below for causes of action arising out of Sub-subparagraph vii. above, the cause of action shall accrue when the owner files for an entitlement, building permit, or Replacement Unit Determination to construct a project.

d. Right to Return

The owner shall provide the following to the existing occupants of any protected units that are lower income households and agree to this requirement on a form provided by the Los Angeles Housing Department:

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-214 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

i. A right of first refusal for a deed-restricted comparable unit, see Paragraph 4. (Comparable Unit) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, available in the new housing development. The offered comparable unit in the new housing development shall be affordable to the household at the household’s prior rental rate, at an affordable rent, see Paragraph 2. (Affordable Rent) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, or at an affordable housing cost, see Paragraph 1. (Affordable Housing Cost) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below, whichever is lower. In a case where the prior rental rate is used to establish the initial rent, any subsequent rent increase for such tenant shall not exceed the allowable rent increase for a rent stabilized unit under Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance) of this Code, and this limitation shall be included in the covenant recorded for the affordable replacement unit. This right of first refusal requirement shall not apply to any of the following:

a) A project that consists of a single dwelling unit located on a site where a single

protected unit is being demolished;

b) Units in a housing development in which 100 percent of the dwelling units, exclusive of a manager unit or units, are reserved for lower income households, except when protected units are occupied by households who qualify for residence in the new development and for whom providing comparable units would not be precluded due to unit size limitations or other requirements of any funding source of the housing development, as determined by the Los Angeles Housing Department; or

c) A project that meets all the criteria in Sec. 4C.15.2.E. (Exceptions).

e. Additional Tenant Notification Obligations

i. A project applicant shall notify existing tenants in writing of all their legal rights under

this Paragraph (Existing Occupant Protections). Information regarding a tenant's eligibility for these rights, rent guidelines for the new unit, and any procedures a tenant will need to follow to exercise these rights shall be provided in writing to the tenant in accordance with any and all requirements and procedures of LAHD's Replacement

Unit Determination (RUD). The applicant shall provide and maintain accurate contact information to tenants for purposes of communicating throughout the construction

and lease up of the project.

ii. A project applicant or their predecessor-in-interest shall provide written notice to any

tenant who is exercising their right to return of major milestones in the development process, including but not limited to: (1) the start of construction, (2) on at least a bi- annual basis provide updates on the anticipated date of when occupancy would be opened, (3) at least 180, 90, 30, and 15 days in advance of the anticipated availability of the unit pursuant to the issuance of the temporary or final Certificate of Occupancy, (4) when the temporary Certificate of Occupancy is issued, and (5) when the final Certificate of Occupancy is issued. Failure to inform tenants of the project's major milestones may result in commensurate additional time provided to the tenant to

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-215 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

return to the replacement unit. This shall not preclude tenants from contacting the applicant or their predecessor-in-interest to inquire about progress throughout construction and lease up of the project.

iii. Where a tenant household has a right of return pursuant to Subparagraph d. (Right to

Return), above, the project applicant or their predecessor-in-interest shall notify the tenant household of this right. The notice must comply with the applicable standards set forth by LAHD and include the rent guidelines for the project and any procedures the tenant must follow to claim a new unit. Where LAHD has created a standard notice, the project applicant must provide that standard notice to tenant households.

iv. Within 30 days of receipt of the notice that the temporary or final Certificate of

Occupancy has been issued and the replacement unit is available, a tenant household must notify the owner if it wishes to reoccupy the replacement unit or room. The owner must hold the unit or room vacant at no cost to the tenant for 60 days from the date the tenant household's written notice of its intent to reoccupy the rental unit is received.

v. Where a tenant household has a right to remain pursuant to Subparagraph a. (Right to Remain) above, the project applicant or their predecessor-in-interest shall provide written notice to existing occupants of the planned demolition, the date they must vacate, and their rights under this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The

Demolition Of Dwelling Units).

vi. A project applicant who experiences unforeseen delays in issuance of a temporary

Certificate of Occupancy or final Certificate of Occupancy impacting the timeline of their construction milestone updates shall not be subject to the Private Right of Action described in Paragraph 2. (Private Right of Action; Civil Penalties) of Subsection E. (Procedures), below, so long as they can demonstrate compliance with the tenant notification obligations in this Subparagraph (Additional Tenant Notification Obligations).

4. Withholding or Revoking of Demolition Permit Approval for Illegal Tenant Harassment or Eviction

   a. Thresholds to Place Individual or Entity on LAHD’s Anti-Harassment Violators Database

   LAHD shall place a beneficial owner onto the LAHD Anti-Harassment Violators Database when:

   i. A final judgment has been issued against the beneficial owner within the last five years,

   which does not precede the operative date of this Paragraph (Withholding or Revoking of Demolition Permit Approval for Illegal Tenant Harassment or Eviction), for unlawful tenant harassment under the City's Tenant Anti-Harassment Ordinance, known as

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-216 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

''TAHO," as set forth under Chapter IV. (Public Welfare) of this Code, or similar actions within City limits under California Civil Code Sec. 1940.2, Sec. 1942.4, or Sec. 1942.5;

or

ii. The City has either (A) issued three final citations for TAHO violations at properties in

the City against the beneficial owner within the last 10 years, which do not precede the operative date of this Paragraph (Withholding or Revoking of Demolition Permit Approval for Illegal Tenant Harassment or Eviction), for which all appellate remedies have expired or (B) in zones where there is a heightened risk of displacement of lower income tenants as determined by the City’s Displacement Assessment Risk Tool, the City has issued one final citation for TAHO violations at a property against the beneficial owner within the last five years for which all appellate remedies have expired; or

iii. A final judgment has been issued against the beneficial owner within the last five

years, which does not precede the operative date of this Paragraph (Withholding or

Revoking of Demolition Permit Approval for Illegal Tenant Harassment or Eviction), for wrongfully or illegally evicting a tenant within City limits or causing a tenant to involuntarily quit within City limits in violation of local or state law.

iv. For purposes of this Paragraph (Withholding or Revoking of Demolition Permit

Approval for Illegal Tenant Harassment or Eviction), a "beneficial owner" shall be defined as established in Paragraph 3. (Beneficial Owner) of Subsection D. (Measurement) below.

b. Notice of Determination and Right to Staff Review

After LAHD places an individual or entity into the LAHD Anti-Harassment Violators Database, LAHD shall send a Notice of Determination to the known beneficial owner(s) of the property, if different from the project applicant or permittee, as shown on the last equalized assessment roll, and to any person holding a deed of trust, mortgage, or other security interest in the property as revealed by a title search with respect to the property.

The Notice of Determination shall state that the LAHD General Manager, or designee, has determined based on criteria in Subparagraph a. (Thresholds to Place Individual or Entity on LAHD’s Anti-Harassment Violators Database), above, that the beneficial owner should be placed in the LAHD Anti-Harassment Violators Database the basis for that determination, and the potential consequences under this ordinance. This Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) does not create any new appeal rights under the Administrative Citation Enforcement (ACE) Program, Chapter I. (General Provisions and Zoning), Article 1.2. (Administrative Citations) of this Code. Within 14 days of the date of this notice, the beneficial owner(s), subject to being placed in the database, shall have a right to request an LAHD staff level review of this determination. At the review, the beneficial owner may submit any evidence relevant to this determination.

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-217 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c. Review of Determination

The LAHD staff review shall be set on a date no earlier than 20 days after the date of the Notice of Determination, and the review shall be conducted no later than 60 days after the date of the Notice of Determination. At the review, the beneficial owner may submit any evidence relevant to this determination regarding the correct identity of the violator and the correct number of violations. The review shall be limited to whether the beneficial owner meets one of the stated criteria set forth in Subparagraph a. (Thresholds to Place individual or entity on LAHD’s Anti-Harassment Violators Database), above.

Within 30 days of the review, LAHD shall provide a written LAHD Notice of Outcome notifying the beneficial owner of the outcome of the review. If the determination is upheld in review, the beneficial owner may seek judicial review by writ of mandamus.

d. Consequences of Placement in LAHD’s Anti-Harassment Violators Database

i. When there has been a final determination to place a beneficial owner on the LAHD
Anti-Harassment Violators Database, LAHD shall notify in writing the Superintendent of
Building and Safety and the Director of Planning.

ii. If any owner, applicant, or permittee, seeking a demolition permit or approval that
is subject to this Section (Housing Projects that Result in the Demolition of Dwelling
Units) or Sec. 4C.15.2. (Non-Housing Projects that Result in the Demolition of Dwelling
Units) for a project involving new construction or major renovations is on the LAHD
Anti-Harassment Violators Database, the Superintendent of Building and Safety shall
withhold or revoke the issuance of any demolition permits for five years and the
Director of Planning and/or Superintendent of Building and Safety shall withhold the
issuance of any approval for five years unless otherwise prohibited by law. Where the
City has denied or revoked a demolition permit or approval to any applicant under
this Subparagraph (Consequences of Placement on LAHD’s Anti-Harassment Violators
Database), the denial or revocation for a five-year term for the subject property shall
apply to any new owner, unless the new owner is developing a publicly-financed
affordable housing project on the same site where more than 50 percent of the units
are affordable, except for manager unit(s).

iii. Demolition permits or approvals that are necessary to comply with a Department of
Building and Safety, LAHD, or other government order shall not be withheld or revoked
under this Paragraph (Withholding or Revoking of Demolition Permit Approval for
Illegal Tenant Harassment or Eviction).

iv. The five-year hold period shall commence on the date of the court's final judgment or
the City's citation is final and no further judicial remedies are available.

v. If at the end of the five-year hold period, no new citations have been issued to and no
new court judgment has been entered against the beneficial owner(s), the beneficial
owner(s) or subsequent owners shall be removed from the LAHD Anti-Harassment

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-218 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

Violators database. However, if during the five-year period, there is a new citation or court-entered judgment against the same beneficial owner, the five-year ban shall

be extended from the date that the most recent citation or court-entered judgment becomes final and no further appeals are available. No citation used to place a beneficial owner into the database may be used against the beneficial owner more than once.

vi. Notwithstanding any other law, any action by the Department of Building and Safety

or the Department of City Planning resulting from any of the provisions of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), including demolition permit revocation and withholding of an approval shall not be further appealable.

e. Operative Date and Subsequent Ordinance

This Paragraph (Withholding or Revoking of Demolition Permit Approval for Illegal Tenant harassment or Eviction) shall become operative after LAHD establishes a determination and review process and publishes a notice of its effective date on the LAHD website and at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of Los Angeles.

If the City adopts a subsequent ordinance in conflict with the procedures in this Paragraph

(Withholding or Revoking of Demolition Permit Approval for Illegal Tenant Harassment or Eviction) relating to the withholding or revoking of a demolition permit, this Paragraph (Withholding or Revoking of Demolition Permit Approval for Illegal Tenant Harassment or Eviction) shall be of no further force and effect.

D. Measurement

1. Affordable Housing Cost

For the purpose of meeting the requirements of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), “affordable housing cost” has the same meaning as defined in California Health and Safety Code Sec. 50052.5.

2. Affordable Rent

   For the purpose of meeting the requirements of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), “affordable rent” has the same meaning as defined in California Health and Safety Code Sec. 50053.

3. Beneficial Owner

For the purpose of meeting the requirements of Paragraph 4 (Withholding or Revoking of Demolition Permit Approval for Illegal Tenant Harassment or Eviction) above, a “beneficial owner” includes any of the following:

a. A natural person with a recorded ownership interest in the real property where the tenant harassment takes place.

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-219 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

b. An ownership entity, including a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, partnership, or trust with a recorded interest in the real property where the tenant harassment takes place.

c. An entity or natural person that meets any of the following criteria:

i. has an “ownership interest” or “ownership or control of ownership interest” as these

terms are defined in the Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter X. (Financial Crimes

Enforcement Network, Department of the Treasury), Sec. 1010.380(d)(2)(i)-(ii), in an entity described in Subparagraphs a. or b. above; or

ii. exercises "substantial control," as the term is defined in Code of Federal Regulations,

Chapter X. (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, Department of the Treasury), Sec. 1010.380(d)(1), over an entity described in Subparagraphs a. or b., above; or

iii. receives substantial economic benefits from the assets of an entity described in

Subparagraphs a. or b. above.

d. An owner for purposes of the above excludes the following:

i. A minor child;

ii. A person acting solely as an employee of an ownership entity and whose control over,

or economic benefits from, that ownership entity derives solely from the employment status of the person;

iii. A person whose only interest in an ownership entity is a future interest through a right

of inheritance; or

iv. A creditor of an ownership entity, unless the creditor meets the requirements specified in Subparagraph a. above.

4. Comparable Unit

   For the purpose of meeting the requirements of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), a “comparable unit” contains the same or greater number of existing bedrooms and bathrooms. In cases where one or more single-family homes with four or more bedrooms are being replaced by a project that consists of two or more units, a comparable unit may have three bedrooms.

5. Equivalent Size

For the purpose of meeting the requirements of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), “equivalent size” shall mean that the replacement units contain at least the same total number of bedrooms as the dwelling units being replaced.

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-220 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

E. Procedures

1. Records and Agreements

A covenant acceptable to the LAHD shall be recorded guaranteeing compliance with this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) and providing for a private right of enforcement by the City, any tenant, or owner of any building to which a covenant and agreement applies.

2. Private Right of Action; Civil Penalties

   a. An aggrieved tenant under this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition

   Of Dwelling Units), or any person, organization, or entity who will daily and adequately represent the interests of an aggrieved tenant(s) under this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), may institute civil proceedings as provided by law, against any owner, or their successor-in-interest, for violating any of the provisions of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) and any person who aids, facilitates, or incites another to violate the provisions of this article, including but not limited to submitting false information in response to the requirements of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units).

   b. A prevailing tenant may be awarded compensatory damages. A court may impose civil penalties up to $10,000 per violation of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) depending upon the severity of that violation, tenant relocation, or other appropriate relief, as adjudged by the court. Treble damages may also be awarded for willful violations. If a tenant prevailing under this article is 65 years or older or disabled, the court may impose additional civil penalties up to $5,000 per violation depending upon the severity of the violation of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units). The prevailing tenant shall be awarded reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. c. Any owner or their agent violating any of the provisions of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), may be enjoined therefrom by a court of competent jurisdiction.

   d. The right to bring a civil action under this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) shall extend to current tenants at a property, to former tenants at a property who were displaced by violations of this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), and to the City. e. The remedies in this Paragraph (Private Right of Action; Civil Penalties) are not exclusive nor do they preclude any tenant or the City from seeking any other legal or equitable remedies, penalties and punitive damages, as provided by law. f. Any agreement, whether written or oral, waiving any of the provisions contained in this Section (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) shall be void as contrary to public policy.

Sec. 4C.15.1. (Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-221 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

DEMOLITION OF DWELLING UNITS

A. Intent

The intent of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units)
is to codify housing replacement requirements, ensure preservation of dwelling units, and ensure
consistent occupant protections, while allowing for non-residential projects that result in the loss
of dwelling units.

B. Applicability

1. Loss of Dwelling Units

a. The requirements of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of
Dwelling Units) apply to any project that meets the definition of “Project” consistent with
how the term “development project” is used in California Government Code Sec. 66300.6,
and is not a housing development project as defined in California Government Code,
Chapter 3. (Local Planning), Sec. 65589.5, and that either:

i. Submits a preliminary application pursuant to California Government Code, Chapter
4.5. (Review and Approval of Development Projects), Sec. 65941.1, before January 1,
2030 and receive approval before January 1, 2034, and either:

a) Will require or result in the loss or reduction of occupied or vacant dwelling units;
or

b) Is located on a lot where dwelling units were removed in the previous five years; or

ii. Is located on a lot that is mapped on the Inventory of Housing Element Sites Map, as
established in Sec. 1.5.13. (Inventory of Housing Element Sites Map) and

a) Will require or result in the loss or reduction of occupied or vacant protected units;
or

b) Is located on a lot where protected units were removed in the previous five years.

2. Project Activities

The requirements of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of
Dwelling Units) apply to project activities that may result in the loss or reduction of occupied
or vacant protected units, as described in Paragraph 1. (Loss of Dwelling Units), above,
including:

a. New construction;

b. Major remodel;

c. Exterior modification;

Sec. 4C.15.2. (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-222 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

d. Use modification;

e. Temporary use;

f. Demolition; or

g. Renovation.

3. Reconciling Provisions

   a. Relationship to Specific Plans, Supplemental Districts and Special Zones

   Supplemental Districts, Special Zones, and Specific Plans established in Article 8. (Supplemental & Special Zoning) may establish additional replacement requirements and/ or additional occupant protections greater than those provided in this Section (Non- Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), in which case the greater replacement requirements and occupant protections shall be used. However, in the event that the provisions of a Historic Preservation Overlay Zone (HPOZ) conflict with the provisions of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), the provisions of the HPOZ shall prevail.

   b. Relationship to State Law

   This Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) is

   intended to comply with the minimum requirements of state law contained in California Government Code, Chapter 12., (Housing Crisis Act of 2019), Sec. 66300.6. If at any time this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) does not meet the minimum requirements of California Government Code, Chapter 12. (Housing Crisis Act of 2019), Sec. 66300.6, the greater replacement requirements and occupant protections shall be used. The Director may prepare Implementation Memorandums, Technical Bulletins, and/or User Guides for the requirements set forth in California Government Code, Chapter 12. (Housing Crisis Act of 2019), Sec. 66300.6, for the purpose of providing additional information pertaining to this Section (Non- Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) and meeting minimum requirements.

   C. Standards

   1. Replacement of Existing Units or Demolished Protected Units

   The project shall replace all existing protected units and protected units demolished on or after January 1, 2020 pursuant to the replacement requirements of California Government Code, Chapter 4.3. (Density Bonuses and Other Incentives), Sec. 65915(c)(3) and Sec. 4C.15.1.C.1. (Replacement of Existing or Demolished Protected Units) of this Chapter, in addition to the following requirements:

Sec. 4C.15.2. (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-223 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

a. At the time of permit issuance, an applicant must sign an affidavit for the Department of Building and Safety to ensure the replacement housing will be developed prior to or concurrently to the project. “Developed prior” means a final Certificate of Occupancy or temporary Certificate of Occupancy for the replacement housing must be obtained prior to issuance of a final Certificate of Occupancy or temporary Certificate of Occupancy for the non-residential project;

b. The required replacement housing may be located on a site other than the project site but shall be located within the City, with a preference for sites within close proximity;

c. The applicant may contract with another entity to develop the required replacement dwelling units, except that the replacement dwelling units shall not fulfill the affordability requirements of any other development pursuant to another law;

d. A commercial developer seeking a commercial density bonus may propose providing restricted affordable units through an agreement with a housing developer for partnered housing. The agreement must be approved by the City pursuant to California Government

Code Sec. 65915.7.; and

e. Notwithstanding the requirement that an accessory dwelling unit be located on a lot with an existing or proposed primary residence, the replacement housing may be established through creation of an accessory dwelling unit with the primary non-residential use on the parcel being able to be used in place of a primary residence.

2. Existing Occupant Protections

The project meets the occupant protections described in Sec. 4C.15.1.C.3. (Existing Occupant Protections).

D. Measurement

None.

E. Exceptions

A Project that meets all of the following criteria is exempt from the replacement requirements established in Paragraph 1. (Replacement of Existing Units or Demolished Protected Units) of Subsection C. (Standards), above:

1. The project includes uses defined in Sec. 5D.8. (Light Industrial Uses) or Sec. 5D.9. (Heavy Industrial Uses);

2. The project is located on a lot with an applied Use District (Part 5B.) that does not allow residential uses and was adopted prior to January 1, 2022; or

3. The protected units that are or were on the lot are or were nonconforming uses.

Sec. 4C.15.2. (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-224 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

F. Procedures

1. Records and Agreements

A covenant acceptable to the Los Angeles Housing Department shall be recorded guaranteeing compliance with this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) and providing for a private right of enforcement by the City, any tenant, or owner of any building to which a covenant and agreement applies.

2. Private Right of Action; Civil Penalties

   a. An aggrieved tenant under this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), or any person, organization, or entity who will daily and adequately represent the interests of an aggrieved tenant(s) under this Section (Non-

   Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), may institute civil proceedings as provided by law, against any owner, or their successor-in-interest, for violating any of the provisions of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) and any person who aids, facilitates, or incites another to violate the provisions of this article, including but not limited to submitting false information in response to the requirements of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units).

   b. The prevailing tenant may be awarded compensatory damages. A court may impose civil penalties up to $10,000 per violation of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) depending upon the severity of that violation, tenant relocation, or other appropriate relief, as adjudged by the court. Treble damages may also be awarded for willful violations. If a tenant prevailing under this article is 65 years or older or disabled, the court may impose additional civil penalties up to $5,000 per violation depending upon the severity of the violation of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units). The prevailing tenant shall be awarded reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. c. Any owner or their agents violating any of the provisions of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), may be enjoined therefrom by a court of competent jurisdiction.

d. The right to bring a civil action under this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) shall extend to current tenants at a property, to former tenants at a property who were displaced by violations of this Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units), and to the City.

e. The remedies in this Paragraph (Private Right of Action; Civil Penalties) are not exclusive nor do they preclude any tenant or the City from seeking any other legal or equitable remedies, penalties and punitive damages, as provided by law.

f. Any agreement, whether written or oral, waiving any of the provisions contained in this

Section (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition Of Dwelling Units) shall be void as contrary to public policy.

Sec. 4C.15.2. (Non-Housing Projects That Result In The Demolition of Dwelling Units) | 4-225 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

A. Intent

The intent of this Section (Restricted Affordable Units) is to ensure restricted affordable units are
available and accessible to residents in need and to uphold fair housing policies and regulations
related to unit mix, size, quality, distribution and amenities.

B. Applicability

1. The Restricted Affordable Units requirements established in this Section (Restricted Affordable
Units) shall apply to any restricted affordable units provided within a project.

Supplemental Districts, Special Zones, and Specific Plans established in Article 8. (Supplemental
& Special Zoning) may establish longer covenant lengths, additional requirements for unit
design, mix, size, quality, distribution, amenities, and/or additional allocation requirements
greater than those provided in this Section (Restricted Affordable Units), in which case the
greater covenant length, additional requirements for unit design, mix, size, quality, distribution,
amenities, and/or allocation requirements shall be used. However, in the event that the
provisions of a Historic Preservation Overlay Zone (HPOZ) conflict with the provisions of this
Section (Restricted Affordable Units), the provisions of the HPOZ shall prevail.

C. Standards

1. Length of Affordability

a. A project is subject to this Section (Restricted Affordable Units) and must be restricted
by a covenant acceptable to the LAHD recorded with the Los Angeles County Recorder,
guaranteeing that the occupancy restrictions will be observed for at least 99 years from
the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy except for:

i. A project in which public subsidies are tied to a specified covenant period, as
determined by the LAHD, unless the project applicant voluntarily agrees to a covenant
period of at least 99 years;

ii. For sale units, which must be consistent with the for-sale requirements of California
Government Code, Chapter 4.3. Sec. 65915(c)(2);

iii. Dwelling units for lower income students, transitional foster youth, disabled veterans,
and/or homeless persons shall be provided at affordability levels as determined in
Sec. 9.2.1. (State Density Bonus Program) for at least 55 years from the issuance of the
Certificate of Occupancy or a longer period of time if required by the construction
or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage assistance program, or rental
subsidy program; or

iv. If a lesser term is required by state or federal law, Chapter I. (General Provisions and
Zoning) of this Code or as a condition of approval, that term shall be no less than 55
years.

Sec. 4C.15.3. (Restricted Affordable Units) | 4-226 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

2. Requirements Regarding Unit Design, Unit Mix, Unit Size, Quality and Amenities, Access to, and Distribution of Affordable Units in Mixed-Income Developments

The LAHD shall have the authority to establish and administer requirements applicable to all restricted affordable units in mixed-income developments regarding the unit mix, unit size, quality and amenities, access to and distribution of affordable housing units in mixed- income developments in order to ensure compliance with fair housing law and any other applicable requirements, including but not limited to requirements from funding sources. The requirements shall be enforced through an approval by LAHD prior to permit issuance. The requirements shall be established in a set of Fair Housing Requirements for Affordable Housing created by the Los Angeles Housing Department and the Department of City Planning, and adopted by Resolution at the City Planning Commission. If the City Planning Commission fails to adopt these regulations by resolution, the requirements may be presented to the City Council for their consideration and adoption. LAHD shall have the authority to interpret these requirements to best implement their goals.

a. Amendments to the Fair Housing Requirements for Affordable Housing shall be approved by the City Planning Commission, pursuant to the procedures in Sec. 13B.1.5. (Guidelines or Standards Adoption/Amendment).

b. The Director of Planning and General Manager of LAHD may prepare Implementation Memoranda, Technical Bulletins and/or User Guides for the purpose of providing additional information pertaining to this Paragraph (Requirements Regarding Unit Design, Unit Mix, Unit Size, Quality and Amenities, Access to, and Distribution of Affordable Units in Mixed- Income Developments) and maintaining consistency with California Government Code, Chapter 12. (Housing Crisis Act of 2019), Sec. 66300., et seq.

3. Allocation of Restricted Affordable Units

   Restricted affordable units shall be subject to the following:

   a. Affirmative Marketing and Fair Housing Outreach. Sale or lease of the restricted affordable units shall follow the affirmative marketing and outreach requirements of the LAHD, as outlined in a deed restriction drafted by LAHD and filed with the Los Angeles County Recorder;

   b. Affordable and Accessible Housing Registry. All restricted affordable units shall be registered to the extent feasible on the Affordable and Accessible Housing Registry managed by LAHD, or any existing equivalent listing, when available for rent; and

   c. Priority Populations

   To the extent practical and consistent with any applicable local, state and federal law, and pursuant to any locally adopted guidelines, the Affirmative Marketing and Fair Housing Outreach provisions in Subparagraph a. and Affordable and Accessible Housing Registry in Subparagraph b. above, as well as any other City Planning or LAHD administrative

Sec. 4C.15.3. (Restricted Affordable Units) | 4-227 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

procedure, should attempt to prioritize those populations with the greatest housing needs that have been displaced by government-related actions. This may include, but not be limited to:

i. Any person or household displaced through a withdrawal of units pursuant to

the Ellis Act and Chapter XV. (Rent Stabilization Ordinance), Sec. 151.22 (Ellis Act Provisions - Statement of Purpose and Effect) to Sec. 151.28 (Ellis Provisions - Rental of

Replacement Units) of this Code;

ii. A lower income person or lower income household subject to a rent increase related to conversion to market-rate housing due to termination of a public funding subsidy contract, mortgage prepayment, or expiring use restrictions based on land use entitlement concessions;

iii. A person or household who was displaced due to a code enforcement order, including

those affected by a natural disaster that resulted in their dwelling unit being rendered uninhabitable.

D. Procedures

1. Records and Agreement

A covenant acceptable to the LAHD shall be recorded guaranteeing compliance with this Section (Restricted Affordable Units) and providing for a private right of enforcement by the City, and any tenant of any building to which a covenant and agreement applies.

2. Private Right of Action; Civil Penalties

   a. The aggrieved current or former tenant(s) may institute civil proceedings as provided by law, against any owner, or their successor-in-interest, for violating any of the provisions of the covenant as described in this Section (Restricted Affordable Units) and any person

who aids, facilitates, or incites another to violate the provisions of this Section (Restricted Affordable Units), such as submitting false information in response to the requirements of this Section (Restricted Affordable Units).

b. The prevailing tenant may be awarded compensatory or punitive damages. A court

may impose civil penalties up to $10,000 per violation of provisions of the covenant described in this Section (Restricted Affordable Units) depending upon the severity of that violation, tenant relocation, or other appropriate relief, as adjudged by the court. Treble damages may also be awarded for willful violations. If a prevailing tenant 65 years or older or disabled, the court may impose additional civil penalties up to $5,000 per violation depending upon the severity of the violation of the covenant as described in this Section (Restricted Affordable Units). The prevailing tenant shall be awarded reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

Sec. 4C.15.3. (Restricted Affordable Units) | 4-228 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

c. Any owner or their agent violating any of the provisions of the covenant as described in this Section (Restricted Affordable Units), may be enjoined therefrom by a court of competent jurisdiction.

d. The remedies provided by this Section (Restricted Affordable Units) are in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies and are not intended to be exclusive, nor do they preclude any tenant or the City from seeking other remedies, penalties and punitive damages, as provided by law.

e. Any agreement, whether written or oral, waiving any of the provisions contained in this Section (Restricted Affordable Units) shall be void as contrary to public policy.

Sec. 4C.15.3. (Restricted Affordable Units) | 4-229 Last amended by Ord. 188,482 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025

[ FORM - FRONTAGE - STANDARDS ] [ USE - DENSITY ] City of Los Angeles Div. 4C.15. (Resident Protections) Zoning Code Chapter 1A

THROUGHOUT THE HOUSING ELEMENT PERIOD

A. Intent

The no-net-loss requirements established in this Section (Maintenance of Adequate Housing
Element Sites Throughout the Housing Element Period) are intended to ensure that new projects
do not result in the reduction of existing housing capacity.

B. Applicability

The requirements of this Section (Maintenance of Adequate Housing Element Sites Throughout
the Housing Element Period) apply to any project located on a lot identified on the Inventory of
Housing Element Sites Map (Sec. 1.5.13.).

C. Standards

1. For a project located on a lot(s) identified on the Inventory of Housing Element Sites Map
(Sec. 1.5.13.), the Department of City Planning and Department of Building and Safety shall
not, through any administrative, quasi-judicial, legislative or other actions, reduce the density
of an applicable site, or approve any project on an applicable site with fewer dwelling units
in aggregate, by income category, than shown as realistic capacity in the most recent
inventory of land suitable for residential development for the remaining housing element
planning period, pursuant to California Government Code Sec. 65584, unless the applicable
Department either:

a. Makes applicable findings pursuant to California Government Code Sec. 65863(b),
including that, while the proposed project would result in fewer dwelling units by income
category than those identified in the most recent inventory of land suitable for residential
development prepared for the 2021-2029 Housing Element, the remaining sites identified
in the Housing Element of the General Plan are adequate to meet the requirements of
California Government Code Sec. 65583.2 and to accommodate the City’s share of the
regional housing need pursuant to California Government Code Sec. 65584. A written
finding with substantial evidence shall be included as part of approval of the project on the
number of sites by income category and their adequacy to meet the requirements; or

b. If a finding cannot be made, then within 180 days of any of the actions described in
Paragraph 1. above the Department of City Planning shall, in accordance with the
provisions of this Code, identify and make available additional adequate sites through a
rezoning to accommodate the City's share of the regional housing need by income level.

2. A project may not be denied on the basis that approval of the project would require
compliance with Subparagraph a. of Paragraph 1., above, if the project meets the definition
of “housing development project” as defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (h) of California
Government Code Sec. 65589.5, including projects that involve no discretionary approvals and
projects that include a proposal to construct a single dwelling unit.

Sec. 4C.15.4. (Maintenance of Adequate Housing Element Sites Throughout The Housing Element Period) | 4-230 Last amended by Ord. 188,480 (Resolution), Eff. 06/18/2025